File: rfc3292.txt

package info (click to toggle)
doc-rfc 20181229-2
  • links: PTS, VCS
  • area: non-free
  • in suites: buster
  • size: 570,944 kB
  • sloc: xml: 285,646; sh: 107; python: 90; perl: 42; makefile: 14
file content (7675 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 318,983 bytes parent folder | download | duplicates (5)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675






Network Working Group                                           A. Doria
Request for Comments: 3292                Lulea University of Technology
Category: Standards Track                                  F. Hellstrand
                                                              K. Sundell
                                                         Nortel Networks
                                                              T. Worster
                                                               June 2002


              General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) V3

Status of this Memo

   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.

Copyright Notice

   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002).  All Rights Reserved.

Abstract

   This document describes the General Switch Management Protocol
   Version 3 (GSMPv3).  The GSMPv3 is an asymmetric protocol that allows
   one or more external switch controllers to establish and maintain the
   state of a label switch such as, an ATM, frame relay or MPLS switch.
   The GSMPv3 allows control of both unicast and multicast switch
   connection state as well as control of switch system resources and
   QoS features.

Acknowledgement

   GSMP was created by P. Newman, W. Edwards, R. Hinden, E. Hoffman, F.
   Ching Liaw, T. Lyon, and G. Minshall (see [6] and [7]).  This version
   of GSMP is based on their work.

Contributors

   In addition to the authors/editors listed in the heading, many
   members of the GSMP group have made significant contributions to this
   specification.  Among the contributors who have contributed
   materially are: Constantin Adam, Clint Bishard, Joachim Buerkle,
   Torbjorn Hedqvist, Georg Kullgren, Aurel A. Lazar, Mahesan
   Nandikesan, Matt Peters, Hans Sjostrand, Balaji Srinivasan, Jaroslaw
   Sydir, Chao-Chun Wang.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 1]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


Specification of Requirements

   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
   document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].

Table of Contents

   1. Introduction ................................................... 4
   2. GSMP Packet Encapsulation ...................................... 6
   3. Common Definitions and Procedures .............................. 6
    3.1 GSMP Packet Format ........................................... 7
      3.1.1 Basic GSMP Message format ................................ 7
      3.1.2 Fields commonly found in GSMP messages .................. 11
      3.1.3 Labels .................................................. 12
      3.1.4 Failure Response Messages ............................... 17
   4. Connection Management Messages ................................ 18
    4.1 General Message Definitions ................................. 18
    4.2 Add Branch Message .......................................... 25
      4.2.1 ATM specific procedures: ................................ 29
    4.3 Delete Tree Message ......................................... 30
    4.4 Verify Tree Message ......................................... 30
    4.5 Delete All Input Port Message ............................... 30
    4.6 Delete All Output Port Message .............................. 31
    4.7 Delete Branches Message ..................................... 32
    4.8 Move Output Branch Message .................................. 35
      4.8.1 ATM Specific Procedures: ................................ 37
    4.9 Move Input Branch Message ................................... 38
      4.9.1 ATM Specific Procedures: ................................ 41
   5. Reservation Management Messages ............................... 42
    5.1 Reservation Request Message ................................. 43
    5.2 Delete Reservation Message .................................. 46
    5.3 Delete All Reservations Message.............................. 47
   6. Management Messages ........................................... 47
    6.1 Port Management Message ..................................... 47
    6.2 Label Range Message ......................................... 53
      6.2.1 Labels .................................................. 56
   7. State and Statistics Messages ................................. 60
    7.1 Connection Activity Message ................................. 61
    7.2 Statistics Messages ......................................... 64
      7.2.1 Port Statistics Message ................................. 67
      7.2.2 Connection Statistics Message ........................... 67
      7.2.3 QoS Class Statistics Message ............................ 68
    7.3 Report Connection State Message ............................. 68
   8. Configuration Messages ........................................ 73
    8.1 Switch Configuration Message ................................ 73
      8.1.1 Configuration Message Processing ........................ 75
    8.2 Port Configuration Message .................................. 75



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 2]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      8.2.1 PortType Specific Data .................................. 79
    8.3 All Ports Configuration Message ............................. 87
    8.4 Service Configuration Message ............................... 89
   9. Event Messages ................................................ 93
    9.1 Port Up Message ............................................  95
    9.2 Port Down Message ..........................................  95
    9.3 Invalid Label Message ......................................  95
    9.4 New Port Message ...........................................  96
    9.5 Dead Port Message ..........................................  96
    9.6 Adjacency Update Message ...................................  96
   10. Service Model Definition ....................................  96
    10.1 Overview ..................................................  96
    10.2 Service Model Definitions .................................  97
      10.2.1 Original Specifications ...............................  97
      10.2.2 Service Definitions ...................................  98
      10.2.3 Capability Sets .......................................  99
    10.3 Service Model Procedures ..................................  99
    10.4 Service Definitions ....................................... 100
      10.4.1 ATM Forum Service Categories .......................... 101
      10.4.2 Integrated Services ................................... 104
      10.4.3 MPLS CR-LDP ........................................... 105
      10.4.4 Frame Relay ........................................... 105
      10.4.5 DiffServ .............................................. 106
    10.5 Format and Encoding of the Traffic Parameters ............. 106
      10.5.1 Traffic Parameters for ATM Forum Services ............. 106
      10.5.2 Traffic Parameters for Int-Serv Controlled Load Service 107
      10.5.3 Traffic Parameters for CRLDP Service .................. 108
      10.5.4 Traffic Parameters for Frame Relay Service ............ 109
    10.6 Traffic Controls (TC) Flags ............................... 110
   11. Adjacency Protocol .......................................... 111
    11.1 Packet Format ............................................. 112
    11.2 Procedure ................................................. 115
      11.2.1 State Tables .......................................... 117
    11.3 Partition Information State ............................... 118
    11.4 Loss of Synchronisation.................................... 119
    11.5 Multiple Controllers Per Switch Partition ................. 119
      11.5.1 Multiple Controller Adjacency Process ................. 120
   12. Failure Response Codes ...................................... 121
    12.1 Description of Failure and Warning Response Messages ...... 121
    12.2 Summary of Failure Response Codes and Warnings ............ 127
   13. Security Considerations ..................................... 128
   Appendix A  Summary of Messages ................................. 129
   Appendix B  IANA Considerations ................................. 130
   References ...................................................... 134
   Authors' Addresses .............................................. 136
   Full Copyright Statement ........................................ 137





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 3]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


1.  Introduction

   The General Switch Management Protocol (GSMP) is a general purpose
   protocol to control a label switch.  GSMP allows a controller to
   establish and release connections across the switch, add and delete
   leaves on a multicast connection, manage switch ports, request
   configuration information, request and delete reservation of switch
   resources, and request statistics.  It also allows the switch to
   inform the controller of asynchronous events such as a link going
   down.  The GSMP protocol is asymmetric, the controller being the
   master and the switch being the slave.  Multiple switches may be
   controlled by a single controller using multiple instantiations of
   the protocol over separate control connections.  Also a switch may be
   controlled by more than one controller by using the technique of
   partitioning.

   A "physical" switch can be partitioned into several virtual switches
   that are referred to as partitions.  In this version of GSMP, switch
   partitioning is static and occurs prior to running GSMP.  The
   partitions of a physical switch are isolated from each other by the
   implementation and the controller assumes that the resources
   allocated to a partition are at all times available to that
   partition.  A partition appears to its controller as a label switch.
   Throughout the rest of this document, the term switch (or
   equivalently, label switch) is used to refer to either a physical,
   non-partitioned switch or to a partition.  The resources allocated to
   a partition appear to the controller as if they were the actual
   physical resources of the partition.  For example if the bandwidth of
   a port were divided among several partitions, each partition would
   appear to the controller to have its own independent port.

   GSMP controls a partitioned switch through the use of a partition
   identifier that is carried in every GSMP message.  Each partition has
   a one-to-one control relationship with its own logical controller
   entity (which in the remainder of the document is referred to simply
   as a controller) and GSMP independently maintains adjacency between
   each controller-partition pair.

   Kinds of label switches include frame or cell switches that support
   connection oriented switching, using the exact match-forwarding
   algorithm based on labels attached to incoming cells or frames.  A
   switch is assumed to contain multiple "ports".  Each port is a
   combination of one "input port" and one "output port".  Some GSMP
   requests refer to the port as a whole, whereas other requests are
   specific to the input port or the output port.  Cells or labelled
   frames arrive at the switch from an external communication link on





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 4]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   incoming labelled channels at an input port.  Cells or labelled
   frames depart from the switch to an external communication link on
   labelled channels from an output port.

   A switch may support multiple label types, however, each switch port
   can support only one label type.  The label type supported by a given
   port is indicated by the switch to the controller in a port
   configuration message.  Connections may be established between ports,
   supporting different label types.  Label types include ATM, Frame
   Relay, MPLS Generic and FEC Labels.

   A connection across a switch is formed by connecting an incoming
   labelled channel to one or more outgoing labelled channels.
   Connections are referenced by the input port on which they originate
   and the Label values of their incoming labelled channel.

   GSMP supports point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connections.  A
   multipoint-to-point connection is specified by establishing multiple
   point-to-point connections, each of them specifying the same output
   branch.  A multipoint-to-multipoint connection is specified by
   establishing multiple point-to-multipoint trees each of them
   specifying the same output branches.

   In general a connection is established with a certain quality of
   service (QoS).  This version of GSMP includes a default QoS
   Configuration and additionally allows the negotiation of alternative,
   optional QoS configurations.  The default QoS Configuration includes
   three QoS Models: a Service Model, a Simple Abstract Model (strict
   priorities) and a QoS Profile Model.

   The Service Model is based on service definitions found external to
   GSMP such as in Integrated Services or ATM Service Categories.  Each
   connection is assigned a specific service that defines the handling
   of the connection by the switch.  Additionally, traffic parameters
   and traffic controls may be assigned to the connection depending on
   the assigned service.

   In the Simple Abstract Model, a connection is assigned a priority
   when it is established.  It may be assumed that for connections that
   share the same output port, a cell or frame on a connection with a
   higher priority is much more likely to exit the switch before a cell
   or frame on a connection with a lower priority if they are both in
   the switch at the same time.  The number of priorities that each port
   of the switch supports may be obtained from the port configuration
   message.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 5]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The QoS Profile Model provides a simple mechanism that allows
   connection to be assigned QoS semantics defined externally to GSMP.
   The QoS Profile Model can be used to indicate pre-defined
   Differentiated Service Per Hop Behaviours (PHBs).  Definition of QoS
   profiles is outside of the scope of this specification.

   All GSMP switches MUST support the default QoS Configuration.  A GSMP
   switch may additionally support one or more alternative QoS
   Configurations.  The QoS models of alternative QoS configurations are
   defined outside the GSMP specification.  GSMP includes a negotiation
   mechanism that allows a controller to select from the QoS
   configurations that a switch supports.

   GSMP contains an adjacency protocol.  The adjacency protocol is used
   to synchronise states across the link, to negotiate which version of
   the GSMP protocol to use, to discover the identity of the entity at
   the other end of a link, and to detect when it changes.

2.  GSMP Packet Encapsulation

   GSMP packets may be transported via any suitable medium.  GSMP packet
   encapsulations for ATM, Ethernet and TCP are specified in [15].
   Additional encapsulations for GSMP packets may be defined in separate
   documents.

3.  Common Definitions and Procedures

   GSMP is a master-slave protocol.  The controller issues request
   messages to the switch.  Each request message indicates whether a
   response is required from the switch and contains a transaction
   identifier to enable the response to be associated with the request.
   The switch replies with a response message indicating either a
   successful result or a failure.  There are six classes of GSMP
   request-response message: Connection Management, Reservation
   Management, Port Management, State and Statistics, Configuration, and
   Quality of Service.  The switch may also generate asynchronous Event
   messages to inform the controller of asynchronous events.  The
   controller can be required to acknowledge event messages, but by
   default does not do so.  There is also an adjacency protocol message
   used to establish synchronisation across the link and maintain a
   handshake.

   For the request-response messages, each message type has a format for
   the request message and a format for the success response.  Unless
   otherwise specified a failure response message is identical to the
   request message that caused the failure, with the Code field
   indicating the nature of the failure.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 6]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Switch ports are described by a 32-bit port number.  The switch
   assigns port numbers and it may typically choose to structure the 32
   bits into opaque sub-fields that have meaning to the physical
   structure of the switch (e.g., slot, port).  In general, a port in
   the same physical location on the switch will always have the same
   port number, even across power cycles.  The internal structure of the
   port number is opaque to the GSMP protocol.  However, for the
   purposes of network management such as logging, port naming, and
   graphical representation, a switch may declare the physical location
   (physical slot and port) of each port.  Alternatively, this
   information may be obtained by looking up the product identity in a
   database.

   Each switch port also maintains a port session number assigned by the
   switch.  A message, with an incorrect port session number MUST be
   rejected.  This allows the controller to detect a link failure and to
   keep states synchronised.

   Except for the adjacency protocol message, no GSMP messages may be
   sent across the link until the adjacency protocol has achieved
   synchronisation, and all GSMP messages received on a link that do not
   currently have state synchronisation MUST be discarded.

3.1  GSMP Packet Format

3.1.1  Basic GSMP Message format

   All GSMP messages, except the adjacency protocol message, have the
   following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                          Message Body                         ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 7]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   (The convention in the documentation of Internet Protocols [5] is to
   express numbers in decimal.  Numbers in hexadecimal format are
   specified by prefacing them with the characters "0x".  Numbers in
   binary format are specified by prefacing them with the characters
   "0b".  Data is pictured in "big-endian" order.  That is, fields are
   described left to right, with the most significant byte on the left
   and the least significant byte on the right.  Whenever a diagram
   shows a group of bytes, the order of transmission of those bytes is
   the normal order in which they are read in English.  Whenever a byte
   represents a numeric quantity, the left most bit in the diagram is
   the high order or most significant bit.  That is, the bit labelled 0
   is the most significant bit.  Similarly, whenever a multi-byte field
   represents a numeric quantity, the left most bit of the whole field
   is the most significant bit.  When a multi-byte quantity is
   transmitted, the most significant byte is transmitted first.  This is
   the same coding convention as is used in the ATM layer [1] and AAL-5
   [2][3].)

      Version
         The version number of the GSMP protocol being used in this
         session.  It SHOULD be set by the sender of the message to the
         GSMP protocol version negotiated by the adjacency protocol.

      Message Type
         The GSMP message type.  GSMP messages fall into the following
         classes: Connection Management, Reservation Management, Port
         Management, State and Statistics, Configuration, Quality of
         Service, Events and messages belonging to an Abstract or
         Resource Model (ARM) extension.  Each class has a number of
         different message types.  In addition, one Message Type is
         allocated to the adjacency protocol.

      Result
         Field in a Connection Management request message, a Port
         Management request message, or a Quality of Service request
         message that is used to indicate whether a response is required
         to the request message if the outcome is successful.  A value
         of "NoSuccessAck" indicates that the request message does not
         expect a response if the outcome is successful, and a value of
         "AckAll" indicates that a response is expected if the outcome
         is successful.  In both cases a failure response MUST be
         generated if the request fails.  For State and Statistics, and
         Configuration request messages, a value of "NoSuccessAck" in
         the request message is ignored and the request message is
         handled as if the field was set to "AckAll".  (This facility
         was added to reduce the control traffic in the case where the





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 8]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         controller periodically checks that the state in the switch is
         correct.  If the controller does not use this capability, all
         request messages SHOULD be sent with a value of "AckAll".)

         In a response message, the result field can have three values:
         "Success," "More," and "Failure".  The "Success" and "More"
         results both indicate a success response.  All messages that
         belong to the same success response will have the same
         Transaction Identifier.  The "Success" result indicates a
         success response that may be contained in a single message or
         the final message of a success response spanning multiple
         messages.

         "More" in the result indicates that the message, either request
         or response, exceeds the maximum transmission unit of the data
         link and that one or more further messages will be sent to
         complete the success response.

         ReturnReceipt is a result field used in Events to indicate that
         an acknowledgement is required for the message.  The default
         for Events Messages is that the controller will not acknowledge
         Events.  In the case where a switch requires acknowledgement,
         it will set the Result Field to ReturnReceipt in the header of
         the Event Message.

         The encoding of the result field is:

                     NoSuccessAck:       Result = 1
                     AckAll:             Result = 2
                     Success:            Result = 3
                     Failure:            Result = 4
                     More:               Result = 5
                     ReturnReceipt       Result = 6

         The Result field is not used in an adjacency protocol message.

      Code
         Field gives further information concerning the result in a
         response message.  It is mostly used to pass an error code in a
         failure response but can also be used to give further
         information in a success response message or an event message.
         In a request message, the code field is not used and is set to
         zero.  In an adjacency protocol message, the Code field is used
         to determine the function of the message.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                     [Page 9]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Partition ID
         Field used to associate the command with a specific switch
         partition.  The format of the Partition ID is not defined in
         GSMP.  If desired, the Partition ID can be divided into
         multiple sub-identifiers within a single partition.  For
         example: the Partition ID could be subdivided into a 6-bit
         partition number and a 2-bit sub-identifier which would allow a
         switch to support 64 partitions with 4 available IDs per
         partition.

      Transaction Identifier
         Used to associate a request message with its response message.
         For request messages, the controller may select any transaction
         identifier.  For response messages, the transaction identifier
         is set to the value of the transaction identifier from the
         message to which it is a response.  For event messages, the
         transaction identifier SHOULD be set to zero.  The Transaction
         Identifier is not used, and the field is not present, in the
         adjacency protocol.

      I flag
         If I is set then the SubMessage Number field indicates the
         total number of SubMessage segments that compose the entire
         message.  If it is not set then the SubMessage  Number field
         indicates the sequence number of this SubMessage segment within
         the whole message.

      SubMessage Number
         When a message is segmented because it exceeds the MTU of the
         link layer, each segment will include a submessage number to
         indicate its position.  Alternatively, if it is the first
         submessage in a sequence of submessages, the I flag will be set
         and this field will contain the total count of submessage
         segments.

      Length
         Length of the GSMP message including its header fields and
         defined GSMP message body.  The length of additional data
         appended to the end of the standard message SHOULD be included
         in the Length field.











Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 10]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


3.1.2  Fields commonly found in GSMP messages

   The following fields are frequently found in GSMP messages.  They are
   defined here to avoid repetition.

      Port
         Gives the port number of the switch port to which the message
         applies.

      Port Session Number
         Each switch port maintains a Port Session Number assigned by
         the switch.  The port session number of a port remains
         unchanged while the port is continuously in the Available state
         and the link status is continuously Up.  When a port returns to
         the Available state after it has been Unavailable or in any of
         the Loopback states, or when the line status returns to the Up
         state after it has been Down or in Test, or after a power
         cycle, a new Port Session Number MUST be generated.  Port
         session numbers SHOULD be assigned using some form of random
         number.

         If the Port Session Number in a request message does not match
         the current Port Session Number for the specified port, a
         failure response message MUST be returned with the Code field
         indicating, "5: Invalid port session number".  The current port
         session number for a port may be obtained using a Port
         Configuration or an All Ports Configuration message.

3.1.2.1  Additional General Message Information

   1. Any field in a GSMP message that is unused or defined as
      "reserved" MUST be set to zero by the sender and ignored by the
      receiver.

   2. Flags that are undefined will be designated as:  x: reserved

   3. It is not an error for a GSMP message to contain additional data
      after the end of the Message Body.  This is allowed to support
      proprietary and experimental purposes.  However, the maximum
      transmission unit of the GSMP message, as defined by the data link
      layer encapsulation, MUST NOT be exceeded.  The length of
      additional data appended to the end of the standard message SHOULD
      be included in the message length field.

   4. A success response message MUST NOT be sent until the requested
      operation has been successfully completed.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 11]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


3.1.3  Labels

   All labels in GSMP have a common structure composed of tuples,
   consisting of a Type, a Length, and a Value.  Such tuples are
   commonly known as TLV's, and are a good way of encoding information
   in a flexible and extensible format.  A label TLV is encoded as a 2
   octet field that uses 12 bits to specify a Type and four bits to
   specify certain behaviour specified below, followed by a 2 octet
   Length field, followed by a variable length Value field.
   Additionally, a label field can be composed of many stacked labels
   that together constitute the label.

   A summary of TLV labels supported in this version of the protocol is
   listed below:

      TLV Label      Type       Section Title
      ---------      ----       -------------
      ATM Label      0x100      ATM TLV Labels
      FR Label       0x101      Frame Relay TLV Labels
      MPLS Gen Label 0x102      MPLS Generic TLV Labels
      FEC Label      0x103      FEC TLV Labels

   All Labels will be designated as follow:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|       Label Type      |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                          Label Value                          ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      x: Reserved Flags.
         These are generally used by specific messages and will be
         defined in those messages.

      S: Stacked Label Indicator
         Label Stacking is discussed below in section 3.1.3.5

      Label Type
         A 12-bit field indicating the type of label.

      Label Length
         A 16-bit field indicating the length of the Label Value field
         in bytes.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 12]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Label Value
         A variable length field that is an integer number of 32 bit
         words long.  The Label Value field is interpreted according to
         the Label Type as described in the following sections.

3.1.3.1  ATM Labels

   If the Label Type = ATM Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as an
   ATM labels as shown:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|   ATM Label (0x100)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x|           VPI         |              VCI              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

   For a virtual path connection (switched as a single virtual path
   connection) or a virtual path (switched as one or more virtual
   channel connections within the virtual path) the VCI field is not
   used.

   ATM distinguishes between virtual path connections and virtual
   channel connections.  The connection management messages apply both
   to virtual channel connections and virtual path connections.  The Add
   Branch and Move Branch connection management messages have two
   Message Types.  One Message Type indicates that a virtual channel
   connection is required, and the other Message Type indicates that a
   virtual path connection is required.  The Delete Branches, Delete
   Tree, and Delete All connection management messages have only a
   single Message Type because they do not need to distinguish between
   virtual channel connections and virtual path connections.  For
   virtual path connections, neither Input VCI fields nor Output VCI
   fields are required.  They SHOULD be set to zero by the sender and
   ignored by the receiver.  Virtual channel branches may not be added
   to an existing virtual path connection.  Conversely, virtual path
   branches may not be added to an existing virtual channel connection.
   In the Port Configuration message each switch input port may declare
   whether it is capable of supporting virtual path switching (i.e.,
   accepting connection management messages requesting virtual path
   connections).









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 13]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


3.1.3.2  Frame Relay Labels

   If the TLV Type = FR Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as a Frame
   Relay labels as shown:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|    FR Label (0x101)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x| Res |Len|                  DLCI                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Res
         The Res field is reserved in [21], i.e., it is not explicitly
         reserved by GSMP.

      Len
         The Len field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI.  The
         following values are supported:

            Len  DLCI bits
            0    10
            2    23

      DLCI
         DLCI is the binary value of the Frame Relay Label.  The
         significant number of bits (10 or 23) of the label value is to
         be encoded into the Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI)
         field when part of the Frame Relay data link header [13].

3.1.3.3  MPLS Generic Labels

   If a port's attribute PortType=MPLS, then that port's labels are for
   use on links for which label values are independent of the underlying
   link technology.  Examples of such links are PPP and Ethernet.  On
   such links the labels are carried in MPLS label stacks [14].  If the
   Label Type = MPLS Generic Label, the labels MUST be interpreted as
   Generic MPLS labels as shown:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)|          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x|              MPLS Label               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 14]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      MPLS Label
         This is a 20-bit label value as specified in [14], represented
         as a 20-bit number in a 4-byte field.

3.1.3.4  FEC Labels

   Labels may be bound to Forwarding Equivalence Classes (FECs) as
   defined in [18].  A FEC is a list of one or more FEC elements.  The
   FEC TLV encodes FEC items.  In this version of the protocol only,
   Prefix FECs are supported.  If the Label Type = FEC Label, the labels
   MUST be interpreted as Forwarding Equivalence Class Labels as shown:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|   FEC Label (0x103)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                        FEC Element 1                          ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                        FEC Element n                          ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      FEC Element
         The FEC element encoding depends on the type of FEC element.
         In this version of GSMP only, Prefix FECs are supported.

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |  Element Type |         Address Family        | Prefix Length |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                            Prefix                             ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Element Type
         In this version of GSMP the only supported Element Type is
         Prefix FEC Elements.  The Prefix FEC Element is a one-octet
         value, encoded as 0x02.

      Address Family
         Two-byte quantity containing a value from ADDRESS FAMILY
         NUMBERS in [5], that encodes the address family for the address
         prefix in the Prefix field.








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 15]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Prefix Length
         One byte containing the length in bits of the address prefix
         that follows.  A length of zero indicates a prefix that matches
         all addresses (the default destination); in this case the
         Prefix itself is zero bytes.

      Prefix
         An address prefix encoded according to the Address Family
         field, whose length, in bits, was specified in the Prefix
         Length field.

3.1.3.5  Label Stacking

   Label stacking is a technique used in MPLS [14] that allows
   hierarchical labelling.  MPLS label stacking is similar to, but
   subtly different from, the VPI/VCI hierarchy of labels in ATM.  There
   is no set limit to the depth of label stacks that can be used in
   GSMP.

   When the Stacked Label Indicator S is set to 1 it indicates that an
   additional label field will be appended to the adjacent label field.
   For example, a stacked Input Short Label could be designated as
   follows:

      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
      |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
      +-+-+-+-+                   Input Label                         |
      ~                                                               ~
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ** |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
      +-+-+-+-+                 Stacked Input Label                   |
      ~                                                               ~
      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      ** Note: There can be zero or more Stacked Labels fields (like
         those marked **) following an Input or Output Label field.  A
         Stacked Label follows the previous label field if and only if
         the S Flag in the previous label is set.

   When a label is extended by stacking, it is treated by the protocol
   as a single extended label, and all operations on that label are
   atomic.  For example, in an add branch message, the entire input
   label is switched for the entire output label.  Likewise, in Move
   Input Branch and Move Output Branch messages, the entire label is
   swapped.  For that reason, in all messages that designate a label
   field, it will be depicted as a single 64-bit field, though it might
   be instantiated by many 64-bit fields in practice.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 16]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


3.1.4  Failure Response Messages

   A failure response message is formed by returning the request message
   that caused the failure with the Result field in the header
   indicating failure (Result = 4) and the Code field giving the failure
   code.  The failure code specifies the reason for the switch being
   unable to satisfy the request message.

   If the switch issues a failure response in reply to a request
   message, no change should be made to the state of the switch as a
   result of the message causing the failure.  (For request messages
   that contain multiple requests, such as the Delete Branches message,
   the failure response message will specify which requests were
   successful and which failed.  The successful requests may result in
   changed state.)

   A warning response message is a success response (Result = 3) with
   the Code field specifying the warning code.  The warning code
   specifies a warning that was generated during the successful
   operation.

   If the switch issues a failure response it MUST choose the most
   specific failure code according to the following precedence:

      -  Invalid Message

      -  General Message Failure

      -  Specific Message Failure
         A failure response specified in the text defining the message
         type.

      -  Connection Failures

      -  Virtual Path Connection Failures

      -  Multicast Failures

      -  QoS Failures

      -  General Failures

      -  Warnings

   If multiple failures match in any of the categories, the one that is
   listed first should be returned.  Descriptions of the Failure
   response messages can be found in section 12.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 17]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


4.  Connection Management Messages

4.1  General Message Definitions

   Connection management messages are used by the controller to
   establish, delete, modify and verify connections across the switch.
   The Add Branch, Delete Tree, and Delete All connection management
   messages have the following format, for both request and response
   messages:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Reservation ID                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Input Service Selector                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Output Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                   Output Service Selector                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|              Adaptation Method                |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                 Output Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+










Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 18]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      When required, the Add Branch, Move Input Branch and Move Output
      Branch messages have an additional, variable length data block
      appended to the above message.  This will be required when
      indicated by the IQS and OQS flags (if the value of either is set
      to 0b10) and the service selector.  The additional data block has
      the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Input TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                     Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Output TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                     Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Reservation ID
         Identifies the reservation that MUST be deployed for the branch
         being added.  Reservations are established using reservation
         management messages (see Chapter 5).  A value of zero indicates
         that no Reservation is being deployed for the branch.  If a
         reservation with a corresponding Reservation ID exists, then
         the reserved resources MUST be applied to the branch.  If the
         numerical value of Reservation ID is greater than the value of
         Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration message), a
         failure response is returned indicating "20: Reservation ID out
         of Range".  If the value of Input Port differs from the input
         port specified in the reservation, or if the value of Output
         Port differs from the output port specified in the reservation,
         a failure response MUST be returned indicating "21: Mismatched
         reservation ports".  If no reservation corresponding to
         Reservation ID exists, a failure response MUST be returned
         indicating "23: Non-existent reservation ID".









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 19]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         If a valid Reservation ID is specified and the Service Model is
         used (i.e., IQS or OQS=0b10) then the Traffic Parameters Block
         may be omitted from the Add Branch message indicating that the
         Traffic Parameters specified in the corresponding Reservation
         Request message are to be used.

      Input Port
         Identifies a switch input port.

      Input Label
         Identifies an incoming labelled channel arriving at the switch
         input port indicated by the Input Port field.  The value in the
         Input Label field MUST be interpreted according to the Label
         Type attribute of the switch input port indicated by the Input
         Port field.

      Input Service Selector
         Identifies details of the service specification being used for
         the connection.  The interpretation depends upon the Input QoS
         Model Selector (IQS).

         IQS = 00: In this case, the Input Service Selector indicates a
                   simple priority.

         IQS = 01: In this case, the Input Service Selector is an opaque
                   service profile identifier.  The definition of these
                   service profiles is outside the scope of this
                   specification.  Service Profiles can be used to
                   indicate pre-defined Differentiated Service Per Hop
                   Behaviours.

         IQS = 10: In this case, the Input Service Selector corresponds
                   to a Service Spec as defined in Chapter 8.2.  When
                   the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10, then a
                   Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the message.

         IQS = 11: In this case the Input Service Selector corresponds
                   to an ARM service specification.  Definition of ARM
                   service specifications is outside the scope of this
                   specification and is determined by the MType as
                   defined in Chapter 8.1.

      Output Port
         Identifies a switch output port.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 20]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Output Label
         Identifies an outgoing labelled channel departing at the switch
         output port indicated by the Output Port field.  The value in
         the Output Label field MUST be interpreted according to the
         Label Type attribute of the switch input port indicated by the
         Output Port field

      Output Service Selector
         Identifies details of the service model being used.  The
         interpretation depends upon the Output QoS Model selector
         (OQS).

         OQS = 00: In this case the Output Service Selector indicates a
                   simple priority.

         OQS = 01: In this case the Output Service Selector is an opaque
                   service profile identifier.  The definition of these
                   service profiles is outside the scope of this
                   specification.  Service Profiles can be used to
                   indicate pre-defined Differentiated Service Per Hop
                   Behaviours.

         OQS = 10: In this case the Output Service Selector corresponds
                   to a Service Spec as defined in Chapter 8.2.  When
                   the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then a
                   Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the message.

         OQS = 11: In this case the Output Service Selector corresponds
                   to an ARM service specification.  Definition of ARM
                   service specifications is outside the scope of this
                   specification and is determined by the MType as
                   defined in Chapter 8.1.

      IQS, OQS
         Input and Output QoS Model Selector:
         The QoS Model Selector is used to specify a QoS Model for the
         connection.  The values of IQS and OQS determine respectively
         the interpretation of the Input Service Selector and the Output
         Service Selector, and SHOULD be interpreted as a priority, a
         QoS profile, a service specification, or an ARM specification
         as shown:

            IQS/OQS  QoS Model              Service Selector
            -------  ---------              ----------------
            00       Simple Abstract        Model Priority
            01       QoS Profile Model      QoS Profile
            10       Default Service Model  Service Specification
            11       Optional ARM           ARM Specification



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 21]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      P Flag
         If the Parameter flag is set it indicates that a single
         instance of the Traffic Parameter block is provided.  This
         occurs in cases where the Input Traffic Parameters are
         identical to Output Traffic Parameters.

      N Flag
         The Null flag is used to indicate a null adaptation method.
         This occurs when the branch is connecting two ports of the same
         type.

      O Flag
         The Opaque flag indicates whether the adaptation fields are
         opaque, or whether they are defined by the protocol.  See the
         definition of Adaptation Method below for further information.

      Adaptation Method
         The adaptation method is used to define the adaptation framing
         that may be in use when moving traffic from one port type to
         another port type; e.g., from a frame relay port to an ATM
         port.  The content of this field is defined by the Opaque flag.
         If the Opaque flag is set, then this field is defined by the
         switch manufacturer and is not defined in this protocol.  If
         the opaque flag is not set, the field is divided into two 12-
         bit fields as follows:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|    Input Adaptation   |   Output Adaptation   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         Input Adaptation
            Adaptation framing method used on incoming connections.

         Output Adaptation
            Adaptation framing method used on outgoing connections.

            Adaptation Types:

                  0x100                        PPP
                  0x200                        FRF.5
                  0x201                        FRF.8

      Input and Output TC Flags
         TC (Traffic Control) Flags are used in Add Branch, Move Input
         Branch and Move Output Branch messages for connections using
         the Service Model (i.e., when IQS or OQS=0b10).  The TC Flags
         field is defined in Section 10.6.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 22]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Input and Output Traffic Parameters Block
         This variable length field is used in Add Branch, Move Input
         Branch and Move Output Branch messages for connections using
         the Service Model (i.e., when IQS or OQS=0b10).  Traffic
         Parameters Block is defined in Section 10.5.  The Traffic
         Parameters Block may be omitted if a valid, non-zero
         Reservation ID is specified, in which case the Traffic
         Parameters of the corresponding Reservation Request message are
         used.  If the P flag is set, then the appended message block
         will only include a single traffic parameter block which will
         be used for both input and output traffic.

   For all connection management messages, except the Delete Branches
   message, the success response message is a copy of the request
   message returned with the Result field indicating success.  The Code
   field is not used in a connection management success response
   message.

   The failure response message is a copy of the request message
   returned with a Result field indicating failure.

   Fundamentally, no distinction is made between point-to-point and
   point-to-multipoint connections.  By default, the first Add Branch
   message for a particular Input Port and Input Label will establish a
   point-to-point connection.  The second Add Branch message with the
   same Input Port and Input Label fields will convert the connection to
   a point-to-multipoint connection with two branches.  However, to
   avoid possible inefficiency with some switch designs, the Multicast
   Flag is provided.  If the controller knows that a new connection is
   point-to-multipoint when establishing the first branch, it may
   indicate this in the Multicast Flag.  Subsequent Add Branch messages
   with the same Input Port and Input Label fields will add further
   branches to the point-to-multipoint connection.  Use of the Delete
   Branch message on a point-to-multipoint connection with two branches
   will result in a point-to-point connection.  However, the switch may
   structure this connection as a point-to-multipoint connection with a
   single output branch if it chooses.  (For some switch designs this
   structure may be more convenient.)  Use of the Delete Branch message
   on a point-to-point connection will delete the point-to-point
   connection.  There is no concept of a connection with zero output
   branches.  All connections are unidirectional, one input labelled
   channel to one or more output labelled channels.

   In GSMP a multipoint-to-point connection is specified by establishing
   multiple point-to-point connections, each of them specifying the same
   output branch.  (An output branch is specified by an output port and
   output label.)




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 23]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The connection management messages may be issued regardless of the
   Port Status of the switch port.  Connections may be established or
   deleted when a switch port is in the Available, Unavailable, or any
   of the Loopback states.  However, all connection states on an input
   port will be deleted when the port returns to the Available state
   from any other state, i.e., when a Port Management message is
   received for that port with the Function field indicating either
   Bring Up, or Reset Input Port.











































Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 24]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


4.2  Add Branch Message

   The Add Branch message is a connection management message used to
   establish a connection or to add an additional branch to an existing
   connection.  It may also be used to check the connection state stored
   in the switch.  The connection is specified by the Input Port and
   Input Label fields.  The output branch is specified by the Output
   Port and Output Label fields.  The quality of service requirements of
   the connection are specified by the QoS Model Selector and Service
   Selector fields.  To request a connection the Add Branch message is:

      Message Type = 16

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Reservation ID                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Input Service Selector                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Output Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                   Output Service Selector                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|              Adaptation Method                |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|M|B|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|M|R|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                 Output Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 25]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
   Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Input TC Flags |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~               Input Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Output TC Flags|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~              Output Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.

      M: Multicast
         Multicast flags are used as a hint for point-to-multipoint or
         multipoint-to-point connections in the Add Branch message.
         They are not used in any other connection management messages
         and in these messages they SHOULD be set to zero.  There are
         two instances of the M-bit in the Add Branch message; one for
         input branch specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
         and one for the output branch specified by the Output Port and
         Output Label fields.  If set for the input branch (in front of
         Input Label field), it indicates that the connection is very
         likely to be a point-to-multipoint connection.  If zero, it
         indicates that this connection is very likely to be a point-
         to-point connection or is unknown.  If set for the output
         branch (in front of the Output Label field), it indicates that
         the connection is very likely to be a multipoint-to-point
         connection.  If zero, it indicates that this connection is very
         likely to be a point-to-point connection or is unknown.

         If M flags are set for input as well as output branches, it
         indicates that the connection is very likely to be a
         multipoint-to-multipoint connection.

         The Multicast flags are only used in the Add Branch message
         when establishing the first branch of a new connection.  It is
         not required to be set when establishing subsequent branches of
         a point-to-multipoint or a multipoint-to-point connection and



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 26]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         on such connections it SHOULD be ignored by the receiver.
         (Except in cases where the connection replace bit is enabled
         and set, the receipt of the second and subsequent Add Branch
         messages from the receiver indicates a point-to-multipoint or a
         multipoint-to-point connection.)  If it is known that this is
         the first branch of a point-to-multipoint or a multipoint-to-
         point connection, this flag SHOULD be set.  If it is unknown,
         or if it is known that the connection is point-to-point, this
         flag SHOULD be zero.  The use of the multicast flag is not
         mandatory and may be ignored by the switch.  If unused, the
         flags SHOULD be set to zero.  Some switches use a different
         data structure for multicast connections rather than for
         point-to-point connections.  These flags prevent the switch
         from setting up a point-to-point structure for the first branch
         of a multicast connection that MUST immediately be deleted and
         reconfigured as point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point when
         the second branch is established.

      B: Bi-directional
         The Bi-directional flag applies only to the Add Branch message.
         In all other Connection Management messages it is not used.  It
         may only be used when establishing a point-to-point connection.
         The Bi-directional flag in an Add Branch message, if set,
         requests that two unidirectional connections be established,
         one in the forward direction, and one in the reverse direction.
         It is equivalent to two Add Branch messages, one specifying the
         forward direction, and one specifying the reverse direction.
         The forward direction uses the values of Input Port, Input
         Label, Output Port and Output Label as specified in the Add
         Branch message.  The reverse direction is derived by exchanging
         the values specified in the Input Port and Input Label fields,
         with those of the Output Port and Output Label fields
         respectively.  Thus, a connection in the reverse direction
         originates at the input port specified by the Output Port
         field, on the label specified by the Output Label field.  It
         departs from the output port specified by the Input Port field,
         on the label specified by the Input Label field.

         The Bi-directional flag is simply a convenience to establish
         two unidirectional connections in opposite directions between
         the same two ports, with identical Labels, using a single Add
         Branch message.  In all future messages the two unidirectional
         connections MUST be handled separately.  There is no bi-
         directional delete message.  However, a single Delete Branches
         message with two Delete Branch Elements, one for the forward
         connection and one for the reverse, may be used.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 27]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      R: Connection Replace
         The Connection Replace flag applies only to the Add Branch
         message and is not used in any other Connection Management
         messages.  The R flag is used in cases when creation of
         multipoint-to-point connections is undesirable (e.g., POTS
         applications where fan-in is meaningless).  If the R flag is
         set, the new connection replaces any existing connection if the
         label is already in use at the same Output Port.

         The Connection Replace mechanism allows a single Add Connection
         command to function as either a Move Branch message or a
         combination of Delete Branch/Add Branch messages.  This
         mechanism is provided to support existing 64k call handling
         applications, such as emulating 64k voice switches.

         The use of R flag is optional and MUST be pre-configured in the
         Port Management message [see section 6.1] to activate its use.
         The R flag MUST NOT be set if it is not pre-configured with the
         Port Management message.  The switch MUST then return a Failure
         Response message: "36:  Replace of connection is not activated
         on switch".  Information about whether the function is active
         or not, can be obtained by using the Port Configuration message
         [see section 8.2].

         The R flag MUST NOT be set if either the M flag or the B flag
         is set.  If a switch receives an Add connection request that
         has the R flag set with either the B or the M flag set, it MUST
         return a failure response message of: "37:  Connection
         replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-directional or
         Multicast mode"

   If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
   does not already exist, it MUST be established with the single output
   branch specified in the request message.  If the Bi-directional Flag
   in the Flags field is set, the reverse connection MUST also be
   established.  The output branch SHOULD have the QoS attributes
   specified by the Class of Service field.

   If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
   already exists and the R flag is not set, but the specified output
   branch does not, the new output branch MUST be added.  The new output
   branch SHOULD have the QoS attributes specified by the Class of
   Service field.

   If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
   already exists and the specified output branch also already exists,
   the QoS attributes of the connection, specified by the Class of
   Service field, if different from the request message, SHOULD be



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 28]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   changed to that in the request message.  A success response message
   MUST be sent if the Result field of the request message is "AckAll".
   This allows the controller to periodically reassert the state of a
   connection or to change its priority.  If the result field of the
   request message is "NoSuccessAck" a success response message SHOULD
   NOT be returned.  This may be used to reduce the traffic on the
   control link for messages that are reasserting a previously
   established state.  For messages that are reasserting a previously
   established state, the switch MUST always check that this state is
   correctly established in the switch hardware (i.e., the actual
   connection tables used to forward cells or frames).

   If the connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label fields
   already exists, and the Bi-directional Flag in the Flags field is
   set, a failure response MUST be returned indicating: "15:  Point-to-
   point bi-directional connection already exists".

   It should be noted that different switches support multicast in
   different ways.  There may be a limit to the total number of point-
   to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point connections certain switches can
   support, and possibly a limit on the maximum number of branches that
   a point-to-multipoint or multipoint-to-point connection may specify.
   Some switches also impose a limit on the number of different Label
   values that may be assigned e.g., to the output branches of a point-
   to-multipoint connection.  Many switches are incapable of supporting
   more than a single branch of any particular point-to-multipoint
   connection on the same output port.  Specific failure codes are
   defined for some of these conditions.

4.2.1  ATM specific procedures:

   To request an ATM virtual path connection the ATM Virtual Path
   Connection (VPC) Add Branch message is:

      Message Type = 26

   An ATM virtual path connection can only be established between ATM
   ports, i.e., ports with the "ATM" Label Type attribute.  If an ATM
   VPC Add Branch message is received and either the switch input port
   specified by the Input Port field or the switch output port specified
   by the Output Port field is not an ATM port, a failure response
   message MUST be returned indicating, "28: ATM Virtual path switching
   is not supported on non-ATM ports".

   If an ATM VPC Add Branch message is received and the switch input
   port specified by the Input Port field does not support virtual path
   switching, a failure response message MUST be returned indicating,
   "24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input port".



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 29]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   If an ATM virtual path connection already exists on the virtual path
   specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields, a failure response
   message MUST be returned, indicating "27:  Attempt to add an ATM
   virtual channel connection branch to an existing virtual path
   connection".  For the VPC Add Branch message, if a virtual channel
   connection already exists on any of the virtual channels within the
   virtual path specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields, a
   failure response message MUST be returned indicating, "26: Attempt to
   add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an existing virtual
   channel connection".

4.3  Delete Tree Message

   The Delete Tree message is a Connection Management message used to
   delete an entire connection.  All remaining branches of the
   connection are deleted.  A connection is defined by the Input Port
   and the Input Label fields.  The Output Port and Output Label fields
   are not used in this message.  The Delete Tree message is:

      Message Type = 18

   If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll" a success
   response message MUST be sent upon successful deletion of the
   specified connection.  The success message MUST NOT be sent until the
   delete operation has been completed and if possible, not until all
   data on the connection, queued for transmission, has been
   transmitted.

4.4  Verify Tree Message

   The Verify Tree message has been removed from this version of GSMP.

      Message Type = 19

   If a request message is received with Message Type = 19, a failure
   response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:

   "3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.".

4.5  Delete All Input Port Message

   The Delete All Input Port message is a connection management message
   used to delete all connections on a switch input port.  All
   connections that originate at the specified input port MUST be
   deleted.  On completion of the operation all dynamically assigned
   Label values for the specified port MUST be unassigned, i.e., there
   MUST be no connections established in the Label space that GSMP
   controls on this port.  The Service Selectors, Output Port, Input



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 30]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Label and Output Label fields are not used in this message.  The
   Delete All Input Port message is:

      Message Type = 20

   If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
   response message MUST be sent upon completion of the operation.  The
   success response message MUST NOT be sent until the operation has
   been completed.

   The following failure response messages may be returned to a Delete
   All Input Port request.

         3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.

         4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.

         5: Invalid Port Session Number.

   If any field in a Delete All Input Port message not covered by the
   above failure codes is invalid, a failure response MUST be returned
   indicating: "2: Invalid request message".  Else, the Delete All Input
   Port operation MUST be completed successfully and a success message
   returned.  No other failure messages are permitted.

4.6  Delete All Output Port Message

   The Delete All message is a connection management message used to
   delete all connections on a switch output port.  All connections that
   have the specified output port MUST be deleted.  On completion of the
   operation all dynamically assigned Label values for the specified
   port MUST be unassigned, i.e., there MUST be no connections
   established in the Label space that GSMP controls on this port.  The
   Service Selectors, Input Port, Input Label and Output Label fields
   are not used in this message.  The Delete All Output Port message is:

      Message Type = 21

   If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
   response message MUST be sent upon completion of the operation.  The
   success response message MUST NOT be sent until the operation has
   been completed.

   The following failure response messages may be returned to a Delete
   All Output Port request.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 31]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.

         4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.

         5: Invalid Port Session Number.

   If any field in a Delete All Output Port message not covered by the
   above failure codes is invalid, a failure response MUST be returned
   indicating: "2: Invalid request message".  Else, the delete all
   operation MUST be completed successfully and a success message
   returned.  No other failure messages are permitted.

4.7  Delete Branches Message

   The Delete Branches message is a connection management message used
   to request one or more delete branch operations.  Each delete branch
   operation deletes a branch of a channel, or in the case of the last
   branch of a connection, it deletes the connection.  The Delete
   Branches message is:

      Message Type = 17

   The request message has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|      Number of Elements       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                    Delete Branch Elements                     ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 32]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Number of Elements
         Specifies the number of Delete Branch Elements to follow in the
         message.  The number of Delete Branch Elements in a Delete
         Branches message MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
         maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.

   Each Delete Branch Element specifies a branch to be deleted and has
   the following structure:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Error |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|       Element Length          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Output Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                 Output Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.

      Error
         Is used to return a failure code indicating the reason for the
         failure of a specific Delete Branch Element in a Delete
         Branches failure response message.  The Error field is not used
         in the request message and MUST be set to zero.  A value of
         zero is used to indicate that the delete operation specified by
         this Delete Branch Element was successful.  Values for the
         other failure codes are specified in Section 12, "Failure
         Response Codes".

         All other fields of the Delete Branch Element have the same
         definition as specified for the other connection management
         messages.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 33]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   In each Delete Branch Element, a connection is specified by the Input
   Port and Input Label fields.  The specific branch to be deleted is
   indicated by the Output Port and Output Label fields.

   If the Result field of the Delete Branches request message is
   "AckAll" a success response message MUST be sent upon successful
   deletion of the branches specified by all of the Delete Branch
   Elements.  The success response message MUST NOT be sent until all of
   the delete branch operations have been completed.  The success
   response message is only sent if all of the requested delete branch
   operations were successful.  No Delete Branch Elements are returned
   in a Delete Branches success response message and the Number of
   Elements field MUST be set to zero.

   If there is a failure in any of the Delete Branch Elements, a Delete
   Branches failure response message MUST be returned.  The Delete
   Branches failure response message is a copy of the request message
   with the Code field of the entire message set to "10: General Message
   Failure" and the Error field of each Delete Branch Element indicating
   the result of each requested delete operation.  A failure in any of
   the Delete Branch Elements MUST NOT interfere with the processing of
   any other Delete Branch Elements.





























Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 34]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


4.8  Move Output Branch Message

   The Move Output Branch message is used to move a branch of an
   existing connection from its current output port label to a new
   output port label in a single atomic transaction.  The Move Output
   Branch connection management message has the following format for
   both request and response messages:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                           Input Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Input Service Selector                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Old Output Port                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        New Output Port                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Output Service Selector                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|             Adaptation Method                 |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+               Old Output Label                        |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                New Output Label                       |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 35]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
   Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~               Input Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~              Output Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.

   The Move Output Branch message is a connection management message
   used to move a single output branch of connection from its current
   output port and Output Label, to a new output port and Output Label
   on the same connection.  None of the connection's other output
   branches are modified.  When the operation is complete the original
   Output Label on the original output port will be deleted from the
   connection.

   The Move Output Branch message is:

      Message Type = 22

   For the Move Output Branch message, if the connection specified by
   the Input Port and Input Label fields already exists, and the output
   branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old Output Label fields
   exists as a branch on that connection, the output branch specified by
   the New Output Port and New Output Label fields is added to the
   connection and the branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old
   Output Label fields is deleted.  If the Result field of the request
   message is "AckAll", a success response message MUST be sent upon
   successful completion of the operation.  The success response message
   MUST NOT be sent until the Move Branch operation has been completed.

   For the Move Output Branch message, if the connection specified by
   the Input Port and Input Label fields already exists, but the output
   branch specified by the Old Output Port and Old Output Label fields



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 36]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure response
   MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The specified
   branch does not exist".

4.8.1  ATM Specific Procedures:

   The ATM VPC Move Output Branch message is a connection management
   message used to move a single output branch of a virtual path
   connection from its current output port and output VPI, to a new
   output port and output VPI on the same virtual channel connection.
   None of the other output branches are modified.  When the operation
   is complete the original output VPI on the original output port will
   be deleted from the connection.

   The VPC Move Branch message is:

       Message Type = 27

   For the VPC Move Output Branch message, if the virtual path
   connection specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields already
   exists, and the output branch specified by the Old Output Port and
   Old Output VPI fields exists as a branch on that connection, the
   output branch specified by the New Output Port and New Output VPI
   fields is added to the connection and the branch specified by the Old
   Output Port and Old Output VPI fields is deleted.  If the Result
   field of the request message is "AckAll", a success response message
   MUST be sent upon successful completion of the operation.  The
   success response message MUST NOT be sent until the Move Branch
   operation has been completed.

   For the VPC Move Output Branch message, if the virtual path
   connection specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields already
   exists, but the output branch specified by the Old Output Port and
   Old Output VPI fields does not exist as a branch on that connection,
   a failure response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating,
   "12: The specified branch does not exist".

   If the virtual channel connection specified by the Input Port and
   Input Label fields; or the virtual path connection specified by the
   Input Port and Input VPI fields; does not exist, a failure response
   MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "11: The specified
   connection does not exist".

   If the output branch specified by the New Output Port, New Output
   VPI, and New Output VCI fields for a virtual channel connection; or
   the output branch specified by the New Output Port and New Output VPI
   fields for a virtual path connection; is already in use by any
   connection other than that specified by the Input Port and Input



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 37]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Label fields, then the resulting output branch will have multiple
   input branches.  If multiple point-to-point connections share the
   same output branch, the result will be a multipoint-to-point
   connection.  If multiple point-to-multipoint trees share the same
   output branches, the result will be a multipoint-to-multipoint
   connection.

4.9  Move Input Branch Message

   The Move Input Branch message is used to move a branch of an existing
   connection from its current input port label to a new input port
   label in a single atomic transaction.  The Move Input Branch
   connection management message has the following format for both
   request and response messages:





































Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 38]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                           Output Port                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Input Service Selector                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Old Input Port                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        New Input Port                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Output Service Selector                   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|             Adaptation Method                 |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                 Output Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                Old Input Label                        |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                New Input Label                        |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 39]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10, then the
   following Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~               Input Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~              Output Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.

   The Move Input Branch message is a connection management message used
   to move a single input branch of connection from its current input
   port and Input Label, to a new input port and Input Label on the same
   connection.  None of the connection's other input branches are
   modified.  When the operation is complete, the original Input Label
   on the original input port will be deleted from the connection.

   The Move Input Branch message is:

      Message Type = 23

















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 40]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   For the Move Input Branch message, if the connection specified by the
   Output Port and Output Label fields already exists, and the input
   branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input Label fields
   exists as a branch on that connection, the input branch specified by
   the New Input Port and New Input Label fields is added to the
   connection and the branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old
   Input Label fields is deleted.  If the Result field of the request
   message is "AckAll", a success response message MUST be sent upon
   successful completion of the operation.  The success response message
   MUST NOT be sent until the Move Input Branch operation has been
   completed.

   For the Move Input Branch message, if the connection specified by the
   Output Port and Output Label fields already exists, but the input
   branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input Label fields
   does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure response
   MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The specified
   branch does not exist".

4.9.1  ATM Specific Procedures:

   The ATM VPC Move Input Branch message is a connection management
   message used to move a single input branch of a virtual path
   connection from its current input port and input VPI, to a new input
   port and input VPI on the same virtual channel connection.  None of
   the other input branches are modified.  When the operation is
   complete, the original input VPI on the original input port will be
   deleted from the connection.

   The VPC Move Input Branch message is:

       Message Type = 28

   For the VPC Move Input Branch message, if the virtual path connection
   specified by the Output Port and Output VPI fields already exists,
   and the input branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input
   VPI fields exists as a branch on that connection, the input branch
   specified by the New Input Port and New Input VPI fields is added to
   the connection and the branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old
   Input VPI fields is deleted.  If the Result field of the request
   message is "AckAll" a success response message MUST be sent upon
   successful completion of the operation.  The success response message
   MUST NOT be sent until the Move Input Branch operation has been
   completed.

   For the VPC Move Input Branch message, if the virtual path connection
   specified by the Output Port and Output VPI fields already exists,
   but the input branch specified by the Old Input Port and Old Input



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 41]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   VPI fields does not exist as a branch on that connection, a failure
   response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "12: The
   specified branch does not exist".

   If the virtual channel connection specified by the Output Port and
   Output Label fields, or if the virtual path connection specified by
   the Output Port and Output VPI fields does not exist, a failure
   response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating, "11: The
   specified connection does not exist".

   If the input branch specified by the New Input Port, New Input VPI,
   and New Input VCI fields for a virtual channel connection, or the
   input branch specified by the New Input Port and New Input VPI fields
   for a virtual path connection, is already in use by any connection
   other than that specified by the Output Port and Output Label fields,
   then the resulting input branch will have multiple output branches.
   If multiple point-to-point connections share the same input branch,
   the result will be a point-to-multipoint connection.  If multiple
   multipoint-to-point trees share the same input branches, the result
   will be a multipoint-to-multipoint connection.

5.  Reservation Management Messages

   GSMP allows switch resources (e.g., bandwidth, buffers, queues,
   labels, etc.) to be reserved for connections before the connections
   themselves are established.  This is achieved through the
   manipulation of Reservations in the switch.

   Reservations are hard state objects in the switch that can be created
   by the controller by sending a Reservation Request message.  Each
   Reservation is uniquely identified by an identifying number called a
   Reservation ID.  Reservation objects can be deleted with the Delete
   Reservation message or the Delete All Reservations message.  A
   reservation object is also deleted when the Reservation is deployed
   by specifying a Reservation ID in a valid Add Branch message.

   The reserved resources MUST remain reserved until either the
   reservation is deployed, in which case the resources are applied to a
   branch, or the reservation is explicitly deleted (with a Delete
   Reservation message or a Delete All Reservations message), in which
   case the resources are freed.  Reservations and reserved resources
   are deleted if the switch is reset.

   A Reservation object includes its Reservation ID plus all the
   connection state associated with a branch with the exception that the
   branch's input label and/or output label may be unspecified.  The
   Request Reservation message is therefore almost identical to the Add
   Branch message.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 42]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The switch establishes the maximum number of reservations it can
   store by setting the value of Max Reservations in the Switch
   Configuration response message.  The switch indicates that it does
   not support reservations by setting Max Reservations to 0.  The valid
   range of Reservation IDs is 1 to Max Reservations).

5.1  Reservation Request Message

   The Reservation Request message creates a Reservation in the switch
   and reserves switch resources for a connection that may later be
   established using an Add Branch message.  The Reservation Request
   Message is:

      Message Type = 70





































Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 43]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Reservation Request message has the following format for the
   request message:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Reservation ID                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Input Service Selector                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Output Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Output Service Selector                   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |IQS|OQS|P|x|N|O|             Adaptation Method                 |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|M|B|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|M|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                 Output Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 44]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   When the value of either IQS or OQS is set to 0b10 then the following
   Traffic Parameters Block is appended to the above message:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Input TC Flags |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~               Input Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Output TC Flags|x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~              Output Traffic Parameters Block                  ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general connection message will not be
         explained in this section.  Please refer to section 4.1 for
         details.

   All the fields of the Reservation Request message have the same
   meanings as they do in the Add Branch message with the following
   exceptions:

      Reservation ID
         Specifies the Reservation ID of the Reservation.  If the
         numerical value of the Reservation ID is greater than the value
         of the Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
         message), a failure response is returned indicating "20:  the
         Reservation ID out of Range".  If the value of Reservation ID
         matches that of an extant Reservation, a failure response is
         returned indicating "22: Reservation ID in use".

      Input Label
         If a specific input label is specified, then that label is
         reserved along with the required resources.  If the Input Label
         is 0 then the switch reserves the resources, but will not bind
         them to a label until the add branch command is given, which
         references the Reservation Id.  If the input label is 0, then
         all stacked labels MUST also be zeroed.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 45]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Output Label
         If a specific Output Label is specified then that label is
         reserved along with the required resources.  If the Output
         Label is 0 then the switch reserves the resources, but will not
         bind them to a label until the add branch command is given
         which references the Reservation Id.  If the Output Label is 0,
         then all stacked labels MUST also be zeroed

   When the switch receives a valid Reservation Request it reserves all
   the appropriate switch resources needed to establish a branch with
   corresponding attributes.  If sufficient resources are not available,
   a failure response is returned indicating "18: Insufficient
   resources".  Other failure responses are as defined for the Add
   Branch message.

5.2  Delete Reservation Message

   The Delete Reservation message deletes a Reservation object in the
   switch and frees the reserved switch resources associated with that
   reservation object.  The Reservation Request Message is:

      Message Type = 71

   The Delete Reservation message has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Reservation ID                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

   If the Reservation ID matches that of an extant Reservation then the
   reservation is deleted and corresponding switch resources are freed.
   If the numerical value of the Reservation ID is greater than the
   value of the Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
   message), a failure response is returned indicating "20: Reservation
   ID out of Range".  If the value of Reservation ID does not match that
   of any extant Reservation, a failure response is returned indicating
   "23: Non-existent reservation ID".




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 46]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


5.3  Delete All Reservations Message

   The Delete All Reservation message deletes all extant Reservation
   objects in the switch and frees the reserved switch resources of
   these reservations.  The Reservation Request Message is:

      Message Type = 72

   The Delete All Reservation message has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

6.  Management Messages

6.1  Port Management Message

   The Port Management message allows a port to be brought into service,
   to be taken out of service, to be set to loop back, reset, or to
   change the transmit data rate.  Only the Bring Up and the Reset Input
   Port functions change the connection state (established connections)
   on the input port.  Only the Bring Up function changes the value of
   the Port Session Number.  The Port Management message MAY also be
   used for enabling the replace connection mechanism.  The Port
   Management message is also used as part of the Event Message flow
   control mechanism.

   If the Result field of the request message is "AckAll", a success
   response message MUST be sent upon successful completion of the
   operation.  The success response message MUST NOT be sent until the
   operation has been completed.  The Port Management Message is:

      Message Type = 32











Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 47]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Port Management message has the following format for the request
   and success response messages:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Event Sequence Number                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |R|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|   Duration    |          Function             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |           Event Flags         |        Flow Control Flags     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Transmit Data Rate                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Event Sequence Number
         The success response message gives the current value of the
         Event Sequence Number of the switch port indicated by the Port
         field.  The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when the port
         is initialised.  It is incremented by one each time the port
         detects an asynchronous event that the switch would normally
         report via an Event message.  If the Event Sequence Number in
         the success response differs from the Event Sequence Number of
         the most recent Event message received for that port, events
         have occurred that were not reported via an Event message.
         This is most likely to be due to the flow control that
         restricts the rate at which a switch can send Event messages
         for each port.  In the request message this field is not used.

      R: Connection Replace
         The R flag shall only be checked when the Function field = 1
         (Bring Up).  If the R flag is set in the Port Management
         request message, it indicates that a switch controller requests
         the switch port to support the Connection Replace mechanism.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 48]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         Connection Replace behaviour is described in chapter 4.2.  If a
         switch does not support the Connection Replace mechanism, it
         MUST reply with the failure response:  "45: Connection Replace
         mechanism not supported on switch" and reset the R-flag.  Upon
         successful response, the R flag SHOULD remain set in the
         response message.

      Duration
         Is the length of time in seconds, that any of the loopback
         states remain in operation.  When the duration has expired, the
         port will automatically be returned to service.  If another
         Port Management message is received for the same port before
         the duration has expired, the loopback will continue to remain
         in operation for the length of time specified by the Duration
         field in the new message.  The Duration field is only used in
         request messages with the Function field set to Internal
         Loopback, External Loopback, or Bothway Loopback.

      Function
         Specifies the action to be taken.  The specified action will be
         taken regardless of the current status of the port (Available,
         Unavailable, or any Loopback state).  If the specified function
         requires a new Port Session Number to be generated, the new
         Port Session Number MUST be returned in the success response
         message.  The defined values of the Function field are:

         Bring Up:
            Function = 1.  Bring the port into service.  All connections
            that originate at the specified input port MUST be deleted
            and a new Port Session Number MUST be selected, preferably
            using some form of random number.  On completion of the
            operation all dynamically assigned Label values for the
            specified input port MUST be unassigned, i.e., no
            connections will be established in the Label space that GSMP
            controls on this input port.  Afterwards, the Port Status of
            the port will be Available.

         Take Down:
            Function = 2.  Take the port out of service.  Any data
            received at this port will be discarded.  No data will be
            transmitted from this port.  Afterwards, the Port Status of
            the port will be Unavailable.

            The behaviour is undefined if the port is taken down over
            which the GSMP session that controls the switch is running.
            (In this case the most probable behaviour would be for the
            switch either to ignore the message or to terminate the
            current GSMP session and to initiate another session,



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 49]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


            possibly with the backup controller, if any.)  The correct
            method to reset the link over which GSMP is running is to
            issue an RSTACK message in the adjacency protocol.

         Internal Loopback:
            Function = 3.  Data arriving at the output port from the
            switch fabric are looped through to the input port to return
            to the switch fabric.  All of the functions of the input
            port above the physical layer, e.g., header translation, are
            performed upon the looped back data.  Afterwards, the Port
            Status of the port will be Internal Loopback.

         External Loopback:
            Function = 4.  Data arriving at the input port from the
            external communications link are immediately looped back to
            the communications link at the physical layer without
            entering the input port.  None of the functions of the input
            port, above the physical layer are performed upon the looped
            back data.  Afterwards, the Port Status of the port will be
            External Loopback.

         Bothway Loopback:
            Function = 5.  Both internal and external loopbacks are
            performed.  Afterwards, the Port Status of the port will be
            Bothway Loopback.

         Reset Input Port:
            Function = 6.  All connections that originate at the
            specified input port MUST be deleted and the input and
            output port hardware re-initialised.  On completion of the
            operation, all dynamically assigned Label values for the
            specified input port MUST be unassigned, i.e., no
            connections will be established in the Label space that GSMP
            controls on this input port.  The range of labels that may
            be controlled by GSMP on this port will be set to the
            default values specified in the Port Configuration message.
            The transmit data rate of the output port MUST be set to its
            default value.  The Port Session Number is not changed by
            the Reset Input Port function.  Afterwards, the Port Status
            of the port will be Unavailable.

         Reset Flags:
            Function = 7.  This function is used to reset the Event
            Flags and Flow Control Flags.  For each bit that is set in
            the Event Flags field, the corresponding Event Flag in the
            switch port MUST be reset to 0.  For each bit that is set in
            the Flow Control Flags field, the corresponding Flow Control
            Flag in the switch port MUST be toggled; i.e., flow control



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 50]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


            for the corresponding event is turned off if is currently on
            and it is turned on if it is currently off.  The Port Status
            of the port is not changed by this function.

         Set Transmit Data Rate:
            Function = 8.  Sets the transmit data rate of the output
            port as close as possible to the rate specified in the
            Transmit Data Rate field.  In the success response message,
            the Transmit Data Rate MUST indicate the actual transmit
            data rate of the output port.  If the transmit data rate of
            the requested output port cannot be changed a failure
            response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:
            "43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be
            changed".  If the transmit data rate of the requested output
            port can be changed, but the value of the Transmit Data Rate
            field is beyond the range of acceptable values, a failure
            response MUST be returned with the Code field indicating:
            "44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this
            output port".  In the failure response message, the Transmit
            Data Rate MUST contain the same value as contained in the
            request message that caused the failure.  The transmit data
            rate of the output port is not changed by the Bring Up, Take
            Down, or any of the Loopback functions.  It is returned to
            the default value by the Reset Input Port function.

      Transmit Data Rate
         This field is only used in request and success response
         messages with the Function field set to "Set Transmit Data
         Rate".  It is used to set the output data rate of the output
         port.  It is specified in cells/s and bytes/s.  If the Transmit
         Data Rate field contains the value 0xFFFFFFFF the transmit data
         rate of the output port SHOULD be set to the highest valid
         value.

      Event Flags
         Field in the request message that is used to reset the Event
         Flags in the switch port indicated by the Port field.  Each
         Event Flag in a switch port corresponds to a type of Event
         message.  When a switch port sends an Event message, it sets
         the corresponding Event Flag on that port.  Depending on the
         setting in the Flow Control Flag, a port is either subject to
         flow control or not.  If it is subject to flow control, then it
         is not permitted to send another Event message of the same type
         before the Event Flag has been reset.  To reset an event flag,
         the Function field in the request message is set to "Reset
         Flags".  For each bit that is set in the Event Flags field, the
         corresponding Event Flag in the switch port is reset.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 51]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         The Event Flags field is only used in a request message with
         the Function field set to "Reset Event Flags".  For all other
         values of the Function field, the Event Flags field is not
         used.  In the success response message the Event Flags field
         MUST be set to the current value of the Event Flags for the
         port, after the completion of the operation specified by the
         request message, for all values of the Function field.  Setting
         the Event Flags field to all zeros in a "Reset Event Flags"
         request message allows the controller to obtain the current
         state of the Event Flags and the current Event Sequence Number
         of the port without changing the state of the Event Flags.

         The correspondence between the types of Event messages and the
         bits of the Event Flags field is as follows:

                                    1
                0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
               |U|D|I|N|Z|A|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

               U: Port Up          Bit  0, (most significant bit)
               D: Port Down        Bit  1,
               I: Invalid Label    Bit  2,
               N: New Port         Bit  3,
               Z: Dead Port        Bit  4,
               A: Adjacency Event  Bit  5,
               x: Unused           Bits 6-15.

      Flow Control Flags Field
         The flags in this field are used to indicate whether the flow
         control mechanism described in the Events Flag field is turned
         on or not.  If the Flow Control Flag is set, then the flow
         control mechanism for that event on that port is activated.  To
         toggle the flow control mechanism, the Function field in the
         request message is set to "Reset Flags".  When doing a reset,
         for each flag that is set in the Flow Control Flags field, the
         corresponding flow control mechanism MUST be toggled.

         The Flow Control Flags correspond to the same event definitions
         as defined for the Event Flag.










Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 52]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


6.2  Label Range Message

   The default label range, Min Label to Max Label, is specified for
   each port by the Port Configuration or the All Ports Configuration
   messages.  When the protocol is initialised, before the transmission
   of any Label Range messages, the label range of each port will be set
   to the default label range.  (The default label range is dependent
   upon the switch design and configuration and is not specified by the
   GSMP protocol.)  The Label Range message allows the range of labels
   supported by a specified port, to be changed.  Each switch port MUST
   declare whether it supports the Label Range message in the Port
   Configuration or the All Ports Configuration messages.  The Label
   Range message is:

      Message Type = 33

   The Label Range message has the following format for the request and
   success response messages:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Q|M|D|x|      Range Count      |          Range Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       Label Range Block                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 53]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Each element of the Label Range Block has the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|C|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                   Min Label                           |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                   Max Label                           |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Remaining Labels                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Flags

         Q: Query
            If the Query flag is set in a request message, the switch
            MUST respond with the current range of valid labels.  The
            current label range is not changed by a request message with
            the Query flag set.  If the Query flag is zero, the message
            is requesting a label change operation.

         M: Multipoint Query
            If the Multipoint Query flag is set the switch MUST respond
            with the current range of valid specialized multipoint
            labels.  The current label range is not changed by a request
            message with the Multipoint Query flag set.

         D: Non-contiguous Label Range Indicator
            This flag will be set in a Query response if the labels
            available for assignment belong to a non-contiguous set.

         V: Label
            The Label flag use is port type specific.

         C: Multipoint Capable
            Indicates label range that can be used for multipoint
            connections.

      Range Count
         Count of Label Range elements contained in the Label Range
         Block.

      Range Length
         Byte count in the Label Range Block.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 54]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Min Label
         The minimum label value in the range.

      Max Label
         The maximum label value in the range.

      Remaining Labels
         The maximum number of remaining labels that could be requested
         for allocation on the specified port.

   The success response to a Label Range message requesting a change of
   label range is a copy of the request message with the Remaining
   Labels field updated to the new values after the Label Range
   operation.

   If the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the Label
   range, it MUST return a failure response message with the Code field
   set to: "40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges".  In
   this failure response message, the switch MUST use the Min Label and
   Max Label fields to suggest a label range that it is able to satisfy.

   A Label Range request message may be issued regardless of the Port
   Status or the Line Status of the target switch port.  If the Port
   field of the request message contains an invalid port (a port that
   does not exist or a port that has been removed from the switch) a
   failure response message MUST be returned with the Code field set to,
   "4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist".

   If the Query flag is set in the request message, the switch MUST
   reply with a success response message containing the current range of
   valid labels that are supported by the port.  The Min Label and Max
   Label fields are not used in the request message.

   If the Multipoint Query flag is set in the request message and the
   switch does not support a range of valid multipoint labels, then the
   switch MUST reply with a failure response message with the Code field
   set to, "42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported".  The Min
   Label and Max Label fields are not used in the Multipoint request
   message.

   If a label range changes and there are extant connection states with
   labels used by the previous label range, a success response message
   MUST be returned with the Code field set to, "46: One or more labels
   are still used in the previous Label Range".  This action indicates
   that the label range has successfully changed but with a warning that
   there are extant connection states for the previous label range.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 55]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


6.2.1  Labels

6.2.1.1  ATM Labels

   If the Label Type = ATM Label, the labels range message MUST be
   interpreted as an ATM Label as shown:

   0                   1                   2                   3
   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|C|   ATM Label (0x100)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|        min VPI        |            min VCI            |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|   ATM Label (0x100)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|        max VPI        |            max VCI            |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |       Remaining VPI's         |        Remaining VCI's        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      V: Label
         If the Label flag is set, the message refers to a range of
         VPI's only.  The Min VCI and Max VCI fields are unused.  If the
         Label flag is zero the message refers to a range of VCI's on
         either one VPI or on a range of VPI's.

      Min VPI, Max VPI
         Specify a range of VPI values, Min VPI to Max VPI inclusive.  A
         single VPI may be specified with a Min VPI and a Max VPI having
         the same value.  In a request message, if the value of the Max
         VPI field is less than or equal to the value of the Min VPI
         field, the requested range is a single VPI with a value equal
         to the Min VPI field.  Zero is a valid value.  In a request
         message, if the Query flag is set, and the Label flag is zero,
         the Max VPI field specifies a single VPI and the Min VPI field
         is not used.  The maximum valid value of these fields for both
         request and response messages is 0xFFF.

      Min VCI, Max VCI
         Specify a range of VCI values, Min VCI to Max VCI inclusive.  A
         single VCI may be specified with a Min VCI and a Max VCI having
         the same value.  In a request message, if the value of the Max
         VCI field is less than or equal to the value of the Min VCI
         field, the requested range is a single VCI with a value equal
         to the Min VCI field.  Zero is a valid value.  (However, VPI=0,
         VCI=0 is not available as a virtual channel connection as it is
         used as a special value in ATM to indicate an unassigned cell.)



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 56]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Remaining VPI's, Remaining VCI's
         These fields are unused in the request message.  In the success
         response message and in the failure response message these
         fields give the maximum number of remaining VPI's and VCI's
         that could be requested for allocation on the specified port
         (after completion of the requested operation in the case of the
         success response).  It gives the switch controller an idea of
         how many VPI's and VCI's it could request.  The number given is
         the maximum possible given the constraints of the switch
         hardware.  There is no implication that this number of VPI's
         and VCI's is available to every switch port.

   If the Query flag and the Label flag are set in the request message,
   the switch MUST reply with a success response message containing the
   current range of valid VPI's that are supported by the port.  The Min
   VPI and Max VPI fields are not used in the request message.

   If the Query flag is set and the Label flag is zero in the request
   message, the switch MUST reply with a success response message
   containing the current range of valid VCI's that are supported by the
   VPI specified by the Max VPI field.  If the requested VPI is invalid,
   a failure response MUST be returned indicating: "13: One or more of
   the specified Input Labels is invalid".  The Min VPI field is not
   used in either the request or success response messages.

   If the Query flag is zero and the Label flag is set in the request
   message, the Min VPI and Max VPI fields specify the new range of
   VPI's to be allocated to the input port specified by the Port field.
   The range of VPI's previously allocated to this port SHOULD be
   increased or decreased to the specified value.

   If the Query flag and the Label flag are zero in the request message,
   the Min VCI and Max VCI fields specify the range of VCI's to be
   allocated to each of the VPI's specified by the VPI range.  The range
   of VCI's previously allocated to each of the VPI's within the
   specified VPI range on this port, it SHOULD be increased or decreased
   to the specified value.  The allocated VCI range MUST be the same on
   each of the VPI's within the specified VPI range.

   If the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the label
   range, it MUST return a failure response message with the Code field
   set to: "40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges".  If
   the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the VPI, the
   switch MUST use the Min VPI and Max VPI fields to suggest a VPI range
   that it would be able to satisfy and set the VCI fields to zero, or
   if the switch is unable to satisfy a request to change the VCI range





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 57]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   on all VPI's within the requested VPI range, the switch MUST use the
   Min VPI, Max VPI, Min VCI, and Max VCI fields to suggest a VPI and
   VCI range that it would be able to satisfy.

   In all other failure response messages for the label range operation,
   the switch MUST return the values of Min VPI, Max VPI, Min VCI, and
   Max VCI from the request message.

   While switches can typically support all 256 or 4096 VPI's, the VCI
   range that can be supported is often more constrained.  Often the Min
   VCI MUST be 0 or 32.  Typically all VCI's within a particular VPI
   MUST be contiguous.  The hint in the failure response message allows
   the switch to suggest a label range that it could satisfy in view of
   its particular architecture.

   While the Label Range message is defined to specify both a range of
   VPI's and a range of VCI's within each VPI, the most likely use is to
   change either the VPI range or the range of VCI's within a single
   VPI.  It is possible for a VPI to be valid but to be allocated no
   valid VCI's.  Such a VPI could be used for a virtual path connection,
   but to support virtual channel connections it would need to be
   allocated a range of VCI's.

6.2.1.2  Frame Relay Labels

   If the Label Type = FR Label, the labels range message MUST be
   interpreted as Frame Relay Labels as shown:

   0                   1                   2                   3
   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|C|    FR Label (0x101)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x| Res |Len|                Min DLCI                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|    FR Label (0x101)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x| Res |Len|                Max DLCI                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Remaining DLCI                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      V: Label
         The Label flag is not used.

      Res
         The Res field is reserved in [21], i.e., it is not explicitly
         reserved by GSMP.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 58]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Len
         The Len field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI.  The
         following values are supported:

         Len  DLCI bits
         0    10
         2    23

      Min DLCI, Max DLCI
         Specify a range of DLCI values, Min DLCI to Max DLCI inclusive.
         The values SHOULD be right justified in the 23-bit fields and
         the preceding bits SHOULD be set to zero.  A single DLCI may be
         specified with a Min DLCI and a Max DLCI having the same value.
         In a request message, if the value of the Max DLCI field is
         less than or equal to the value of the Min DLCI field, the
         requested range is a single DLCI with a value equal to the Min
         DLCI field.  Zero is a valid value.

      Remaining DLCI's
         This field is unused in the request message.  In the success
         response message and in the failure response message, this
         field gives the maximum number of remaining DLCI's that could
         be requested for allocation on the specified port (after
         completion of the requested operation in the case of the
         success response).  It gives the switch controller an idea of
         how many DLCI's it could request.  The number given is the
         maximum possible given the constraints of the switch hardware.
         There is no implication that this number of DLCI's is available
         to every switch port.

6.2.1.3  MPLS Generic Labels

   The Label Range Block for PortTypes using MPLS labels.  These types
   of labels are for use on links for which label values are independent
   of the underlying link technology.  Examples of such links are PPP
   and Ethernet.  On such links the labels are carried in MPLS label
   stacks [14].  If Label Type = MPLS Gen Label, the labels range
   message MUST be interpreted as MPLS Generic Label as shown:













Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 59]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   0                   1                   2                   3
   0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|C| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)|          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|          Min MPLS Label               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)|          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|          Max MPLS Label               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Remaining Labels                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      V: Label
         The Label flag is not used.

      Min MPLS Label, Max MPLS Label
         Specify a range of MPLS label values, Min MPLS Label to Max
         MPLS Label inclusive.  The Max and Min MPLS label fields are 20
         bits each.

      Remaining MPLS Labels
         This field is unused in the request message.  In the success
         response message and in the failure response message this field
         gives the maximum number of remaining MPLS Labels that could be
         requested for allocation on the specified port (after
         completion of the requested operation in the case of the
         success response).  It gives the switch controller an idea of
         how many MPLS Labels it could request.  The number given is the
         maximum possible given the constraints of the switch hardware.
         There is no implication that this number of Labels is available
         to every switch port.

6.2.1.4  FEC Labels

   The Label Range message is not used for FEC Labels and is for further
   study.

7.  State and Statistics Messages

   The state and statistics messages permit the controller to request
   the values of various hardware counters associated with the switch
   input and output ports and connections.  They also permit the
   controller to request the connection state of a switch input port.
   The Connection Activity message is used to determine whether one or





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 60]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   more specific connections have recently been carrying traffic.  The
   Statistics message is used to query the various port and connection
   traffic and error counters.

   The Report Connection State message is used to request an input port
   to report the connection state for a single connection, a single ATM
   virtual path connection, or for the entire input port.

7.1  Connection Activity Message

   The Connection Activity message is used to determine whether one or
   more specific connections have recently been carrying traffic.  The
   Connection Activity message contains one or more Activity Records.
   Each Activity Record is used to request and return activity
   information concerning a single connection.  Each connection is
   specified by its input port and Input Label which are specified in
   the Input Port and Input Label fields of each Activity Record.

   Two forms of activity detection are supported.  If the switch
   supports per connection traffic accounting, the current value of the
   traffic counter for each specified connection MUST be returned.  The
   units of traffic counted are not specified but will typically be
   either cells or frames.  The controller MUST compare the traffic
   counts returned in the message with previous values for each of the
   specified connections to determine whether each connection has been
   active in the intervening period.  If the switch does not support per
   connection traffic accounting, but is capable of detecting per
   connection activity by some other unspecified means, the result may
   be indicated for each connection using the Flags field.  The
   Connection Activity message is:

      Message Type = 48



















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 61]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Connection Activity request and success response messages have
   the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |       Number of Records       |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       Activity Records                        ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Number of Records
         Field specifies the number of Activity Records to follow.  The
         number of Activity records in a single Connection Activity
         message MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the maximum
         transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.

   Each Activity Record has the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |V|C|A|x|          TC Count     |        TC Block Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                         Traffic Count                         +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 62]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Flags

         V: Valid Record
            In the success response message the Valid Record flag is
            used to indicate an invalid Activity Record.  The flag MUST
            be zero if any of the fields in this Activity Record are
            invalid, if the input port specified by the Input Port field
            does not exist, or if the specified connection does not
            exist.  If the Valid Record flag is zero in a success
            response message, the Counter flag, the Activity flag, and
            the Traffic Count field are undefined.  If the Valid Record
            flag is set, the Activity Record is valid, and the Counter
            and Activity flags are valid.  The Valid Record flag is not
            used in the request message.

         C: Counter
            In a success response message, if the Valid Record flag is
            set, the Counter flag, if zero, indicates that the value in
            the Traffic Count field is valid.  If set, it indicates that
            the value in the Activity flag is valid.  The Counter flag
            is not used in the request message.

         A: Activity
            In a success response message, if the Valid Record and
            Counter flags are set, the Activity flag, if set, indicates
            that there has been some activity on this connection since
            the last Connection Activity message for this connection.
            If zero, it indicates that there has been no activity on
            this connection since the last Connection Activity message
            for this connection.  The Activity flag is not used in the
            request message.

      TC Count
         In cases where per connection traffic counting is supported,
         this field contains the count of Traffic Count entries.

      TC Block Length
         In cases where per connection traffic counting is supported,
         this field contains the Traffic Count block size in bytes.

      Input Port
         Identifies the port number of the input port on which the
         connection of interest originates in order to identify the
         connection (regardless of whether the traffic count for the
         connection is maintained on the input port or the output port).






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 63]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Input Label
         Fields identify the specific connection for which statistics
         are being requested.

      Traffic Count
         Field is not used in the request message.  In the success
         response message, if the switch supports per connection traffic
         counting, the Traffic Count field MUST be set to the value of a
         free running, connection specific, 64-bit traffic counter
         counting traffic flowing across the specified connection.  The
         value of the traffic counter is not modified by reading it.  If
         per connection traffic counting is supported, the switch MUST
         report the Connection Activity result using the traffic count
         rather than using the Activity flag.

   The format of the failure response is the same as the request message
   with the Number of Records field set to zero and no Connection
   Activity records returned in the message.  If the switch is incapable
   of detecting per connection activity, a failure response MUST be
   returned indicating, "3: The specified request is not implemented on
   this switch".

7.2  Statistics Messages

   The Statistics messages are used to query the various port,
   connection and error counters.

   The Statistics request messages have the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                     Label                             |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 64]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Label
         The Label Fields identifies the specific connection for which
         statistics are being requested.

   The success response for the Statistics message has the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |           Transaction Identifier              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                     Label                             |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                       Input Cell Count                        +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                       Input Frame Count                       +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                    Input Cell Discard Count                   +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                   Input Frame Discard Count                   +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                  Header Checksum Error Count                  +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                   Input Invalid Label Count                   +
   |                                                               |






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 65]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                       Output Cell Count                       +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                      Output Frame Count                       +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                   Output Cell Discard Count                   +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   +                  Output Frame Discard Count                   +
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Field and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Input Cell Count, Output Cell Count
         Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
         arriving at the input or departing from the output
         respectively.  These fields are relevant for label type = ATM,
         for all other label types these fields SHOULD be set to zero by
         the sender and ignored by the receiver.

      Input Frame Count, Output Frame Count
         Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting frames
         (packets) arriving at the input or departing from the output
         respectively.  These fields are relevant for label types = FR
         and MPLS, for all other label types these fields SHOULD be set
         to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.

      Input Cell Discard Count, Output Cell Discard Count
         Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
         discarded due to queue overflow on an input port or on an
         output port respectively.  These fields are relevant for label
         type = ATM, for all other label types these fields SHOULD be
         set to zero by the sender and ignored by the receiver.

      Input Frame Discard Count, Output Frame Discard Count
         Give the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting frames
         discarded due to congestion on an input port or on an output
         port respectively.  These fields are relevant for label




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 66]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         types = FR and MPLS, for all other label types these fields
         SHOULD be set to zero by the sender and ignored by the
         receiver.

      Header Checksum Error Count
         Gives the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
         or frames discarded due to header checksum errors on arrival at
         an input port.  For an ATM switch this would be the HEC count.

      Invalid Label Count
         Gives the value of a free running 64-bit counter counting cells
         or frames discarded because their Label is invalid on arrival
         at an input port.

7.2.1  Port Statistics Message

   The Port Statistics message requests the statistics for the switch
   port specified in the Port field.  The contents of the Label field in
   the Port Statistics request message is ignored.  All of the count
   fields in the success response message refer to per-port counts
   regardless of the connection to which the cells or frames belong.
   Any of the count fields in the success response message not supported
   by the port MUST be set to zero.  The Port Statistics message is:

      Message Type = 49

7.2.2  Connection Statistics Message

   The Connection Statistics message requests the statistics for the
   connection specified in the Label field that originates on the switch
   input port specified in the Port field.  All of the count fields in
   the success response message refer only to the specified connection.
   The Header Checksum Error Count and Invalid Label Count fields are
   not connection specific and MUST be set to zero.  Any of the other
   count fields not supported on a per connection basis MUST be set to
   zero in the success response message.  The Connection Statistics
   message is:

      Message Type = 50












Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 67]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


7.2.3  QoS Class Statistics Message

   The QoS Class Statistics message is not supported in this version of
   GSMP.

      Message Type = 51 is reserved.

7.3  Report Connection State Message

   The Report Connection State message is used to request an input port
   to report the connection state for a single connection or for the
   entire input port.  The Report Connection State message is:

      Message Type = 52

   The Report Connection State request message has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|A|V|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                  Input Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Field and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Input Port
         Identifies the port number of the input port for which the
         connection state is being requested.











Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 68]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Flags

         A: All Connections
            If the All Connections flag is set, the message requests the
            connection state for all connections that originate at the
            input port specified by the Input Port field.  In this case
            the Input Label field and the Label flag are unused.

         V: ATM VPI
            The ATM VPI flag may only be set for ports with
            PortType=ATM.  If the switch receives a Report Connection
            State message in which the ATM VPI flag set and in which the
            input port specified by the Input Port field does not have
            PortType=ATM, the switch MUST return a Failure response "28:
            ATM Virtual Path switching is not supported on non-ATM
            ports".

            If the All Connections flag is zero and the ATM VPI flag is
            also zero, the message requests the connection state for the
            connection that originates at the input port specified by
            the Port and Input Label fields.

         ATM specific procedures:
            If the All Connections flag is zero and the ATM VPI flag is
            set and the input port specified by the Input Port field has
            LabelType=ATM, the message requests the connection state for
            the virtual path connection that originates at the input
            port specified by the Input Port and Input VPI fields.  If
            the specified Input VPI identifies an ATM virtual path
            connection (i.e., a single switched virtual path) the state
            for that connection is requested.  If the specified Input
            VPI identifies a virtual path containing virtual channel
            connections, the message requests the connection state for
            all virtual channel connections that belong to the specified
            virtual path.

      Input Label
         Field identifies the specific connection for which the
         connection state is being requested.  For requests that do not
         require a connection to be specified, the Input Label field is
         not used.










Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 69]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Report Connection State success response message has the
   following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Input Port                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Sequence Number                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       Connection Records                      ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Input Port
         Is the same as the Input Port field in the request message.  It
         identifies the port number of the input port for which the
         connection state is being reported.

      Sequence Number
         In the case that the requested connection state cannot be
         reported in a single success response message, each successive
         success response message, in reply to the same request message,
         MUST increment the Sequence Number.  The Sequence Number of the
         first success response message, in response to a new request
         message, MUST be zero.

      Connection Records
         Each success response message MUST contain one or more
         Connection Records.  Each Connection Record specifies a single
         point-to-point or point-to-multipoint connection.  The number
         of Connection Records in a single Report Connection State
         success response MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
         maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.  If the
         requested connection state cannot be reported in a single
         success response message, multiple success response messages
         MUST be sent.  All success response messages that are sent in



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 70]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         response to the same request message MUST have the same Input
         Port and Transaction Identifier fields as the request message.
         A single Connection Record MUST NOT be split across multiple
         success response messages.  "More" in the Result field of a
         response message indicates that one or more further success
         response messages should be expected in response to the same
         request message.  "Success" in the Result field indicates that
         the response to the request has been completed.  The Result
         values are defined in chapter 3.1.1.

   Each Connection Record has the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |A|V|P|     Record Count    |           Record Length           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                    Input Label                        |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                   Output Branch Records                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Flags

         A: All Connections

         V: ATM VPI
            For the first Connection Record in each success response
            message, the All Connections and the ATM VPI flags MUST be
            the same as those of the request message.  For successive
            Connection Records in the same success response message,
            these flags are not used.

         P: ATM VPC
            The ATM VPC flag may only be set for ports with
            PortType=ATM.  The ATM VPC flag, if set and only if set,
            indicates that the Connection Record refers to an ATM
            virtual path connection.

      Input Label
         The input label of the connection specified in this Connection
         Record.

      Record Count
         Count of Output Branch Records included in a response message.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 71]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Record Length
         Length in bytes of Output Branch Records field

      Output Branch Records
         Each Connection Record MUST contain one or more Output Branch
         Records.  Each Output Branch Record specifies a single output
         branch belonging to the connection identified by the Input
         Label field of the Connection Record and the Input Port field
         of the Report Connection State message.  A point-to-point
         connection will require only a single Output Branch Record.  A
         point-to-multipoint connection will require multiple Output
         Branch Records.  If a point-to-multipoint connection has more
         output branches than can fit in a single Connection Record
         contained within a single success response message, that
         connection may be reported using multiple Connection Records in
         multiple success response messages.

   Each Output Branch Record has the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Output Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                    Output Label                       |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Output Port
         The output port of the switch to which this output branch is
         routed.

      Output Label
         The output label of the output branch specified in this Output
         Branch Record.

         ATM specific procedures:
            If this Output Branch Record is part of a Connection Record
            that specifies a virtual path connection (the ATM VPC flag
            is set) the Output VCI field is unused.

   A Report Connection State request message may be issued regardless of
   the Port Status or the Line Status of the target switch port.

   If the Input Port of the request message is valid, and the All
   Connections flag is set, but there are no connections established on
   that port, a failure response message MUST be returned with the Code
   field set to, "10: General Message Failure".  For the Report
   Connection State message, this failure code indicates that no



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 72]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   connections matching the request message were found.  This failure
   message SHOULD also be returned if the Input Port of the request
   message is valid, the All Connections flag is zero, and no
   connections are found on that port matching the specified connection.

8.  Configuration Messages

   The configuration messages permit the controller to discover the
   capabilities of the switch.  Three configuration request messages
   have been defined: Switch, Port, and All Ports.

8.1  Switch Configuration Message

   The Switch Configuration message requests the global (non port-
   specific) configuration for the switch.  The Switch Configuration
   message is:

      Message Type = 64

   The Port field is not used in the switch configuration message.

   The Switch Configuration message has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |     MType     |     MType     |     MType     |     MType     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Firmware Version Number    |          Window Size          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |          Switch Type          |                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               +
   |                          Switch Name                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Max Reservations                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 73]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      MType
         Represents an alternative QoS Configuration type.  In the
         request message the requested MType is in the most significant
         (leftmost) MType byte; the other three MType bytes are unused.
         The reply message will either accept the MType request by
         including the requested MType in the leftmost MType field of
         the response message or it will reject the MType request by
         responding with MType=0, the default MType, in the first MType
         field.  Optionally, in the case of a rejection, the switch
         reply can include up to 3 additional MType values, each of
         which indicates an available alternative QoS Configuration.  A
         switch that supports only the default QoS Configuration always
         returns MType=0 in all four MType fields.  MType negotiation is
         discussed in section 8.1.1.

            0          -  Indicates use of the default GSMP model
            1-200      -  Reserved
            201-255    -  Experimental

      Firmware Version Number
         The version number of the switch control firmware installed.

      Window Size
         The maximum number of unacknowledged request messages that may
         be transmitted by the controller without the possibility of
         loss.  This field is used to prevent request messages being
         lost in the switch because of overflow in the receive buffer.
         The field is a hint to the controller.  If desired, the
         controller may experiment with higher and lower window sizes to
         determine heuristically the best window size.

      Switch Type
         A 16-bit field allocated by the manufacturer of the switch.
         (For these purposes, the manufacturer of the switch is assumed
         to be the organisation identified by the OUI in the Switch Name
         field.)  The Switch Type identifies the product.  When the
         Switch Type is combined with the OUI from the Switch Name the
         product is uniquely identified.  Network Management may use
         this identification to obtain product related information from
         a database.

      Switch Name
         A 48-bit quantity that is unique within the operational context
         of the device.  A 48-bit IEEE 802 MAC address, if available,
         may be used as the Switch Name.  The most significant 24 bits






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 74]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         of the Switch Name MUST be an Organisationally Unique
         Identifier (OUI) that identifies the manufacturer of the
         switch.

      Max Reservations
         The maximum number of Reservations that the switch can support
         (see Chapter 5).  A value of 0 indicates that the switch does
         not support Reservations.

8.1.1  Configuration Message Processing

   After adjacency between a controller and after a switch is first
   established the controller that opts to use a QoS Configuration model
   other then the default would send the Switch Configuration request
   including the requested QoS Configuration's MType value in the
   request message.  This request MUST be sent before any connection
   messages are exchanged.  If the switch can support the requested QoS
   configuration, then the switch includes the requested MType value in
   the response message as an indication that it accepts the request.
   If the switch cannot support the requested QoS Configuration, it
   replaces the MType value in the request message with that of the
   default QoS Configuration, i.e., MType=0.

   The switch configuration response messages may additionally include
   the MType values of up to three alternative QoS Configurations that
   the switch supports and that the controller may choose between.

   The exchange continues until the controller sends a requested MType
   that the switch accepts or until it sends a connection request
   message.  If the exchange ends without confirmation of an alternate
   switch model, then the default Mtype=0 is be used.

   Once an MType has been established for the switch, it cannot be
   changed without full restart, that is the re-establishment of
   adjacency with the resetting of all connections.

8.2  Port Configuration Message

   The Port Configuration message requests the switch for the
   configuration information of a single switch port.  The Port field in
   the request message specifies the port for which the configuration is
   requested.  The Port Configuration message is:

      Message Type = 65.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 75]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Port Configuration success response message has the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       Port Session Number                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Event Sequence Number                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |          Event Flags          |     Port Attribute Flags      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   PortType    |S|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|      Data Fields Length       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                     PortType Specific Data                    ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|   Number of Service Specs     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
   |                                                               |
   ~                      Service Specs List                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Port
         The switch port to which the configuration information refers.
         Configuration information relating to both the input and the
         output sides of the switch port is given.  Port numbers are 32
         bits wide and allocated by the switch.  The switch may choose
         to structure the 32 bits into subfields that have meaning to
         the physical structure of the switch hardware (e.g., physical
         slot and port).  This structure may be indicated in the
         Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number fields.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 76]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Event Sequence Number
         The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when the port is
         initialised.  It is incremented by one each time the port
         detects an asynchronous event that the switch would normally
         report via an Event message.  The Event Sequence Number is
         explained in section 9.

      Event Flags
         Event Flags in a switch port corresponds to a type of Event
         message.

      Port Attribute Flags
         Port Attribute Flags indicate specific behaviour of a switch
         port.  The format of the Port Attribute Flags field is given
         below:

                0                   1
                0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
               |R|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|
               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         R: Connection Replace flag
            If set, indicates that connections being established by an
            Add Branch message with a corresponding R-bit set will
            replace any previously established connection if a clash
            between the established output branch and the requested
            output branch occurs [see chapter 4.2].

         x: Unused.

      PortType

         1: PortType is ATM
         2: PortType is FR
         3: PortType is MPLS

      S: Service Model
         If set, indicates that Service Model data follows the
         PortSpecific port configuration data.

      Data Fields Length
         The total length in bytes of the combined PortType Specific
         Data and Service Model Data fields.  The length of each of
         these fields may be derived from the other data so the value of
         Data Fields Length serves primarily as a check and to assist
         parsing of the All Ports Configuration message success
         response.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 77]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      PortType Specific Data
         This field contains the configuration data specific to the
         particular port type as specified by the PortType field.  The
         field format and length also depends on the value of the
         PortType.  PortType Specific Data is defined below.

      Number of Service Specs
         Field contains the total number of Service Specs following in
         the remainder of the Port Configuration message response or
         Port Configuration Record.

      Service Specs List
         The Service Specs correspond to the Input and Output Service
         selectors used in Connection Management and Reservation
         messages.  Specifically they define the possible values used
         when the Service Selector (IQS or OQS) is set to 0b10
         indicating the use of the default service specification model
         defined in Chapter 10.

      Service Spec
         The format of each service spec is given below:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |         Service ID            |       Capability Set ID       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         Each Service Spec identifies a Service supported by the switch
         together with the Capability Set ID that identifies the
         parameters of that instance of the Service.  The Service Spec
         List may contain more than one Service Spec sharing the same
         Service ID.  However, each Service Spec in the Service Specs
         List MUST be unique.

         Service ID
            Field contains the Service ID of a Service supported on the
            port.  Service ID values are defined as part of the Service
            definition in Chapter 9.6.

         Capability Set ID
            Field identifies a Capability Set ID of the Service
            specified by the Service ID that is supported on the port.
            Capability Set ID values are defined by the Switch in the
            Service Configuration response message (see Section 8.4).
            The switch MUST NOT return a {Service ID, Capability Set ID}
            pair that is not reported in a Service Configuration
            response message.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 78]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


8.2.1  PortType Specific Data

   The length, format and semantics of the PortType Specific Data field
   in the Port Configuration message success response and in the Port
   Records of the All Port Configuration message success response all
   depend on the PortType value of the same message or record
   respectively.  The specification of the PortType Specific Data field
   is given below.  For each defined PortType value the Min and Max
   Label fields are given in the subsequent subsections.

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |P|M|L|R|Q|  Label Range Count  |      Label Range Length       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                   Default Label Range Block                   ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       Receive Data Rate                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Transmit Data Rate                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |  Port Status  |   Line Type   |  Line Status  |  Priorities   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |     Physical Slot Number      |     Physical Port Number      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

   Where each of the ranges in the Default Label Range Blocks will have
   the following format:

   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|C|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                    Min Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                    Max Label                          |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 79]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Flags

         P: VP Switching
            The ATM VPC flag may only be set for ports with
            PortType=ATM.  The VP Switching flag, if set, indicates that
            this input port is capable of supporting virtual path
            switching.  Else, if zero, it indicates that this input port
            is only capable of virtual channel switching.

         M: Multicast Labels
            The Multicast Labels flag, if set, indicates that this
            output port is capable of labelling each output branch of a
            point-to-multipoint tree with a different label.  If zero,
            it indicates that this output port is not able to label each
            output branch of a point-to-multipoint tree with a different
            label.

         L: Logical Multicast
            The Logical Multicast flag, if set, indicates that this
            output port is capable of supporting more than a single
            branch from any point-to-multipoint connection.  This
            capability is often referred to as logical multicast.  If
            zero, it indicates that this output port can only support a
            single output branch from each point-to-multipoint
            connection.

         R: Label Range
            The Label Range flag, if set, indicates that this switch
            port is capable of reallocating its label range and
            therefore accepts the Label Range message.  Else, if zero,
            it indicates that this port does not accept Label Range
            messages.

         Q: QoS
            The QoS flag, if set, indicates that this switch port is
            capable of handling the Quality of Service messages defined
            in section 9 of this specification.  Else, if zero, it
            indicates that this port does not accept the Quality of
            Service messages.

         V: Label
            The Label flag is port type specific.

         C: Multipoint Capable
            This flag indicates that the label range may be used for
            multipoint connections.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 80]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Label Range Count
         The total number of Default Label Range elements contained in
         the Default Label Range Block.

      Label Range Length
         Byte count in the Default Label Range Block.

      Min Label
         The specification of the Min Label field for each defined
         PortType value is given in the subsequent subsections.  The
         default minimum value of a dynamically assigned incoming label
         that the connection table on the input port supports and that
         may be controlled by GSMP.  This value is not changed as a
         result of the Label Range message.

      Max Label
         The specification of the Max Label field for each defined
         PortType value is given in the subsequent subsections.  The
         default maximum value of a dynamically assigned incoming label
         that the connection table on the input port supports and that
         may be controlled by GSMP.  This value is not changed as a
         result of the Label Range message.

      Receive Data Rate

         The maximum rate of data that may arrive at the input port in;

         cells/s          for PortType = ATM
         bytes/s          for PortType = FR
         bytes/s          for PortType = MPLS

      Transmit Data Rate

         The maximum rate of data that may depart from the output port
         in;

         cells/s          for PortType = ATM
         bytes/s          for PortType = FR
         bytes/s          for PortType = MPLS

         (The transmit data rate of the output port may be changed by
         the Set Transmit Data Rate function of the Port Management
         message.)

      Port Status
         Gives the administrative state of the port.  The defined values
         of the Port Status field are:




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 81]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         Available:
            Port Status = 1.  The port is available to both send and
            receive cells or frames.  When a port changes to the
            Available state from any other administrative state, all
            dynamically assigned connections MUST be cleared and a new
            Port Session Number MUST be generated.

         Unavailable:
            Port Status = 2.  The port has intentionally been taken out
            of service.  No cells or frames will be transmitted from
            this port.  No cells or frames will be received by this
            port.

         Internal Loopback:
            Port Status = 3.  The port has intentionally been taken out
            of service and is in internal loopback: cells or frames
            arriving at the output port from the switch fabric are
            looped through to the input port to return to the switch
            fabric.  All of the functions of the input port above the
            physical layer, e.g., header translation, are performed upon
            the looped back cells or frames.

         External Loopback:
            Port Status = 4.  The port has intentionally been taken out
            of service and is in external loopback:  cells or frames
            arriving at the input port from the external communications
            link are immediately looped back to the communications link
            at the physical layer without entering the input port.  None
            of the functions of the input port above the physical layer
            are performed upon the looped back cells or frames.

         Bothway Loopback:
            Port Status = 5.  The port has intentionally been taken out
            of service and is in both internal and external loopback.

         The Port Status of the port over which the GSMP session
         controlling the switch is running MUST be declared Available.
         The controller will ignore any other Port status for this port.
         The Port Status of switch ports after power-on initialisation
         is not defined by GSMP.

      Line Type
         The type of physical transmission interface for this port.  The
         values for this field are defined by the IANAifType's specified
         in [17].






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 82]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


            The following values are identified for use in this version
            of the protocol.

               PortType = Unknown: other(1)
               PortType = MPLS:    ethernetCsmacd(6),
                                   ppp(23)
               PortType = ATM:     atm(37)
               PortType = FR:      frameRelayService(44)

      Line Status
         The status of the physical transmission medium connected to the
         port.  The defined values of the Line Status field are:

            Up:
                  Line Status = 1.  The line is able to both send and
                     receive.  When the Line Status changes to Up from
                     either the Down or Test states, a new Port Session
                     Number MUST be generated.

            Down:
                  Line Status = 2.  The line is unable either to send
                     or receive or both.

            Test:
                  Line Status = 3.  The port or line is in a test
                     mode, for example, power-on test.

      Priorities
         The number of different priority levels that this output port
         can assign to connections.  Zero is invalid in this field.  If
         an output port is able to support "Q" priorities, the highest
         priority is numbered zero and the lowest priority is numbered
         "Q-1".  The ability to offer different qualities of service to
         different connections based upon their priority is assumed to
         be a property of the output port of the switch.  It may be
         assumed that for connections that share the same output port, a
         cell or frame on a connection with a higher priority is much
         more likely to exit the switch before a cell or frame on a
         connection with a lower priority if they are both in the switch
         at the same time.

      Physical Slot Number
         The physical location of the slot in which the port is located.
         It is an unsigned 16-bit integer that can take any value except
         0xFFFF.  The value 0xFFFF is used to indicate "unknown".  The
         Physical Slot Number is not used by the GSMP protocol.  It is
         provided to assist network management in functions such as
         logging, port naming, and graphical representation.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 83]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Physical Port Number
         The physical location of the port within the slot in which the
         port is located.  It is an unsigned 16-bit integer that can
         take any value except 0xFFFF.  The value 0xFFFF is used to
         indicate "unknown".  The Physical Port Number is not used by
         the GSMP protocol.  It is provided to assist network management
         in functions such as logging, port naming, and graphical
         representation.

         There MUST be a one to one mapping between the Port Number and
         the Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number combination.
         Two different Port Numbers MUST NOT yield the same Physical
         Slot Number and Physical Port Number combination.  The same
         Port Number MUST yield the same Physical Slot Number and
         Physical Port Number within a single GSMP session.  If both
         Physical Slot Number and Physical Port Number indicate
         "unknown" the physical location of switch ports may be
         discovered by looking up the product identity in a database to
         reveal the physical interpretation of the 32-bit Port Number.

8.2.1.1  PortType Specific data for PortType=ATM

   If PortType=ATM, the Default Label Range Block has the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|V|x|   ATM Label (0x100)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x|           VPI         |              VCI              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      V: Label
         If the Label flag is set, the message refers to a range of
         VPI's only.  The Min VCI and Max VCI fields are unused.  If the
         Label flag is zero the message refers to a range of VCI's on
         either one VPI or on a range of VPI's.

      Min VPI
         The default minimum value of dynamically assigned incoming VPI
         that the connection table on the input port supports and that
         may be controlled by GSMP.

      Max VPI
         The default maximum value of dynamically assigned incoming VPI
         that the connection table on the input port supports and that
         may be controlled by GSMP.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 84]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         At power-on, after a hardware reset, and after the Reset Input
         Port function of the Port Management message, the input port
         MUST handle all values of VPI within the range Min VPI to Max
         VPI inclusive and GSMP MUST be able to control all values
         within this range.  It should be noted that the range Min VPI
         to Max VPI refers only to the incoming VPI range that can be
         supported by the associated port.  No restriction is placed on
         the values of outgoing VPI's that may be written into the cell
         header.  If the switch does not support virtual paths it is
         acceptable for both Min VPI and Max VPI to specify the same
         value, most likely zero.

         Use of the Label Range message allows the range of VPI's
         supported by the port to be changed.  However, the Min VPI and
         Max VPI fields in the Port Configuration and All Ports
         Configuration messages always report the same default values
         regardless of the operation of the Label Range message.

      Min VCI
         The default minimum value of a dynamically assigned incoming
         VCI that the connection table on the input port can support and
         may be controlled by GSMP.  This value is not changed as a
         result of the Label Range message.

      Max VCI
         The default maximum value of a dynamically assigned incoming
         VCI that the connection table on the input port can support and
         may be controlled by GSMP.

         At power-on, after a hardware reset, and after the Reset Input
         Port function of the Port Management message, the input port
         MUST handle all values of VCI within the range Min VCI to Max
         VCI inclusive, for each of the virtual paths in the range Min
         VPI to Max VPI inclusive, and GSMP MUST be able to control all
         values within this range.  It should be noted that the range
         Min VCI to Max VCI refers only to the incoming VCI range that
         can be supported by the associated port on each of the virtual
         paths in the range Min VPI to Max VPI.  No restriction is
         placed on the values of outgoing VCI's that may be written into
         the cell header.  Use of the Label Range message allows the
         range of VCI's to be changed on each VPI supported by the port.
         However, the Min VCI and Max VCI fields in the Port
         Configuration and All Ports Configuration messages always
         report the same default values regardless of the operation of
         the Label Range message.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 85]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   For a port over which the GSMP protocol is operating, the VCI of the
   GSMP control channel may or may not be reported as lying within the
   range Min VCI to Max VCI.  A switch should honour a connection
   request message that specifies the VCI value of the GSMP control
   channel even if it lies outside the range Min VCI to Max VCI

8.2.1.2  PortType Specific data for PortType=FR

   If PortType=FR, the Default Label Range Block has the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|    FR Label (0x101)   |          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x|Res|Len|                   DLCI                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Res
         The Res field is reserved in [21], i.e., it is not explicitly
         reserved by GSMP.

      Len
         This field specifies the number of bits of the DLCI.  The
         following values are supported:

         Len  DLCI bits
         0    10
         2    23

      Min DLCI, Max DLCI
         Specify a range of DLCI values, Min DLCI to Max DLCI inclusive.
         The values SHOULD be right justified in the 23-bit fields and
         the preceding bits SHOULD be set to zero.  A single DLCI may be
         specified with a Min DLCI and a Max DLCI having the same value.
         In a request message, if the value of the Max DLCI field is
         less than or equal to the value of the Min DLCI field, the
         requested range is a single DLCI with a value equal to the Min
         DLCI field.  Zero is a valid value.











Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 86]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


8.2.1.3  PortType Specific data for PortType=MPLS

   The Default Label Range Block for PortTypes using MPLS labels.  These
   types of labels are for use on links for which label values are
   independent of the underlying link technology.  Examples of such
   links are PPP and Ethernet.  On such links the labels are carried in
   MPLS label stacks [14].  Ports of the Type MPLS have the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x| MPLS Gen Label (0x102)|          Label Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|              MPLS Label               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Min MPLS Label, Max MPLS Label
         Specify a range of MPLS label values, Min MPLS Label to Max
         MPLS Label inclusive.  The Max and Min MPLS label fields are 20
         bits each.

8.2.1.4  PortType Specific data for PortType=FEC

   The Default Label Range Block for PortTypes using FEC labels is not
   used.  The Label Range Count and Label Range Length fields defined in
   [8.2.1] should be set to 0.

8.3  All Ports Configuration Message

   The All Ports Configuration message requests the switch for the
   configuration information of all of its ports.  The All Ports
   Configuration message is:

      Message Type = 66

   The Port field is not used in the request message.














Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 87]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The All Ports Configuration success response message has the
   following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|       Number of Records       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                          Port Records                         ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Number of Records
         Field gives the total number of Port Records to be returned in
         response to the All Ports Configuration request message.  The
         number of port records in a single All Ports Configuration
         success response MUST NOT cause the packet length to exceed the
         maximum transmission unit defined by the encapsulation.  If a
         switch has more ports than can be sent in a single success
         response message it MUST send multiple success response
         messages.  All success response messages that are sent in
         response to the same request message MUST have the same
         Transaction Identifier as the request message and the same
         value in the Number of Records field.  All success response
         messages that are sent in response to the same request message,
         except for the last message, MUST have the result field set to
         "More".  The last message, or a single success response
         message, MUST have the result field set to "Success".  All Port
         records within a success response message MUST be complete,
         i.e., a single Port record MUST NOT be split across multiple
         success response messages.









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 88]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Port Records
         Follow in the remainder of the message.  Each port record has
         the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       Port Session Number                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Event Sequence Number                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |          Event Flags          |     Port Attribute Flags      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   PortType    |S|x|x|x|x|x|x|x|      Data Fields Length       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                     PortType Specific Data                    ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|    Number of Service Specs    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                      Service Specs List                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

   The definition of the fields in the Port Record is exactly the same
   as that of the Port Configuration message [section 8.2].

8.4  Service Configuration Message

   The Service Configuration message requests the switch for the
   configuration information of the Services that are supported.  The
   Service Configuration message is:

      Message Type = 67













Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 89]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Service Configuration success response message has the following
   format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|   Number of Service Records   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                        Service Records                        ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Number of Service Records
         Field gives the total number of Service Records to be returned
         in the Service Records field.

      Service Records
         A sequence of zero or more Service Records.  The switch returns
         one Service Record for each Service that it supports on any of
         its ports.  A Service record contains the configuration data of
         the specified Service.  Each Service Record has the following
         format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |          Service ID           |  Number of Cap. Set. Records  |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                     Capability Set Records                    ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Service ID
         The Service ID Field identifies the Service supported by the
         port.  The Services are defined with their Service ID values as
         described in section 10.2.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 90]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Number of Cap. Set. Records
         Field gives the total number of Capability Set Records to be
         returned in the Service Record field.

      Capability Set Records
         The switch returns one or more Capability Set Records in each
         Service Record.  A Capability Set contains a set of parameters
         that describe the QoS parameter values and traffic controls
         that apply to an instance of the Service.  Each Capability Set
         record has the following format:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |          Cap. Set ID          |       Traffic Controls        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |     CLR       |                     CTD                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   Frequency   |                     CDV                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Capability Set ID
         The value in this Field defines a Capability Set ID supported
         by the switch.  The values of a Capability Set ID are assigned
         by the switch and used in Port Configuration messages to
         identify Capability Sets supported by individual ports.  Each
         Capability Set Record within a Service Record MUST have a
         unique Capability Set ID.

      Traffic Controls
         Field identifies the availability of Traffic Controls within
         the Capability Set.  Traffic Controls are defined as part of
         the respective Service definition, see Chapter 10.  Some or all
         of the Traffic Controls may be undefined for a given Service,
         in which case the corresponding Flag is ignored by the
         controller.  The Traffic Controls field is formatted into
         Traffic Control Sub-fields as follows:

             0                   1
             0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5
            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
            | U | D | I | E | S | V |x x x x|
            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         Traffic Control Sub-fields have the following encoding:

            0b00 Indicates that the Traffic Control is not available in
                 the Capability Set.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 91]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


            0b01 Indicates that the Traffic Control is applied to all
                 connections that use the Capability Set.

            0b10 Indicates that the Traffic Control is available for
                 application to connections that use the Capability Set
                 on a per connection basis.

            0b11 Reserved

         Traffic Control Sub-fields:

            U: Usage Parameter Control
                 The Usage Parameter Control sub-field indicates the
                 availability of Usage Parameter Control for the
                 specified Service and Capability Set.

            D: Packet Discard
                 The Packet Discard sub-field indicates the availability
                 of Packet Discard for the specified Service and
                 Capability Set.

            I: Ingress Shaping
                 The Ingress Shaping sub-field indicates the
                 availability of Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak
                 Cell Rate and Cell Delay Variation Tolerance for the
                 specified Service and Capability Set.

            E: Egress Shaping, Peak Rate
                 The Egress Shaping, Peak Rate sub-field indicates the
                 availability of Egress Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
                 and Cell Delay Variation Tolerance for the specified
                 Service and Capability Set.

            S: Egress Traffic Shaping, Sustainable Rate
                 The Egress Shaping, Sustainable Rate sub-field, if set,
                 indicates that Egress Traffic Shaping to the
                 Sustainable Cell Rate and Maximum Burst Size is
                 available for the specified Service and Capability Set.

            V: VC Merge
                 The VC Merge sub-field indicates the availability of
                 ATM Virtual Channel Merge (i.e., multipoint to point
                 ATM switching with a traffic control to avoid AAL5 PDU
                 interleaving) capability for the specified Service and
                 Capability Set.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 92]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      QoS Parameters
         The remaining four fields in the Capability Set Record contain
         the values of QoS Parameters.  QoS Parameters are defined as
         part of the respective Service definition, see Chapter 9.6.
         Some or all of the QoS Parameters may be undefined for a given
         Service, in which case the corresponding field is ignored by
         the controller.

            CLR: Cell Loss Ratio
                 The Cell Loss Ratio parameter indicates the CLR
                 guaranteed by the switch for the specified Service.  A
                 cell loss ratio is expressed as an order of magnitude
                 n, where the CLR takes the value of ten raised to the
                 power of -n, i.e., log(CLR)=-n.  The value n is coded
                 as a binary integer, having a range of 1 <= n <= 15.
                 In addition, the value 0b1111 1111 indicates that no
                 CLR guarantees are given.

            Frequency
                 The frequency field is coded as an 8 bit unsigned
                 integer.  Frequency applies to the MPLS CR-LDP Service
                 (see Section 10.4.3).  Valid values of Frequency are:

                 0 - Very frequent
                 1 - Frequent
                 2 - Unspecified

            CTD: Cell Transfer Delay
                 The CTD value is expressed in units of microseconds.
                 It is coded as a 24-bit integer.

            CDV: Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation
                 The CDV value is expressed in units of microseconds.
                 It is coded as a 24-bit integer.

9.  Event Messages

   Event messages allow the switch to inform the controller of certain
   asynchronous events.  By default the controller does not acknowledge
   event messages unless ReturnReceipt is set in the Result field.  The
   Code field is only used in case of Adjacency Update message,
   otherwise it is not used and SHOULD be set to zero.  Event messages
   are not sent during initialisation.  Event messages have the
   following format:







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 93]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |    Result     |     Code      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |            Transaction Identifier             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |I|      SubMessage Number      |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                             Port                              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Port Session Number                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Event Sequence Number                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x|S|x|x|                                                       |
   +-+-+-+-+                     Label                             |
   ~                                                               ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Note: Fields and Parameters that have been explained in the
         description of the general messages will not be explained in
         this section.  Please refer to section 3.1 for details.

      Event Sequence Number
         The current value of the Event Sequence Number for the
         specified port.  The Event Sequence Number is set to zero when
         the port is initialised.  It is incremented by one each time
         the port detects an asynchronous event that the switch would
         normally report via an Event message.  The Event Sequence
         Number MUST be incremented each time an event occurs even if
         the switch is prevented from sending an Event message due to
         the action of the flow control.

      Label
         Field gives the Label to which the event message refers.  If
         this field is not required by the event message it is set to
         zero.

   Each switch port MUST maintain an Event Sequence Number and a set of
   Event Flags, one Event Flag for each type of Event message.  When a
   switch sends an Event message it MUST set the Event Flag for that
   port corresponding to the Event type.  If Flow Control is activated
   for this Event type for this Port then the switch MUST NOT send
   another Event message of the same type for that port until the Event
   Flag has been reset.  Event Flags are reset by the "Reset Event
   Flags" function of the Port Management message.  This is a simple
   flow control preventing the switch from flooding the controller with



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 94]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   event messages.  The Event Sequence Number of the port MUST be
   incremented every time an event is detected on that port even if the
   port is prevented from reporting the event due to the action of the
   flow control.  This allows the controller to detect that it has not
   been informed of some events that have occurred on the port due to
   the action of the flow control.

9.1  Port Up Message

   The Port Up message informs the controller that the Line Status of a
   port has changed from, either the Down or Test state to the Up state.
   When the Line Status of a switch port changes to the Up state from
   either the Down or Test state a new Port Session Number MUST be
   generated, preferably using some form of random number.  The new Port
   Session Number is given in the Port Session Number field.  The Label
   field is not used and is set to zero.  The Port Up message is:

      Message Type = 80

9.2  Port Down Message

   The Port Down message informs the controller that the Line Status of
   a port has changed from the Up state or Test state to the Down state.
   This message will be sent to report link failure if the switch is
   capable of detecting link failure.  The port session number that was
   valid before the port went down is reported in the Port Session
   Number field.  The Label field is not used and is set to zero.  The
   Port Down message is:

      Message Type = 81

9.3  Invalid Label Message

   The Invalid Label message is sent to inform the controller that one
   or more cells or frames have arrived at an input port with a Label
   that is currently not allocated to an assigned connection.  The input
   port is indicated in the Port field, and the Label in the Label
   field.  The Invalid Label message is:

      Message Type = 82











Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 95]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


9.4  New Port Message

   The New Port message informs the controller that a new port has been
   added to the switch.  The port number of the new port is given in the
   Port field.  A new Port Session Number MUST be assigned, preferably
   using some form of random number.  The new Port Session Number is
   given in the Port Session Number field.  The state of the new port is
   undefined so the Label field is not used and is set to zero.  The New
   Port message is:

      Message Type = 83

9.5  Dead Port Message

   The Dead Port message informs the controller that a port has been
   removed from the switch.  The port number of the port is given in the
   Port field.  The Port Session Number that was valid before the port
   was removed is reported in the Port Session Number field.  The Label
   fields are not used and are set to zero.  The Dead Port message is:

      Message Type = 84

9.6  Adjacency Update Message

   The Adjacency Update message informs the controller when adjacencies,
   i.e., other controllers controlling a specific partition, are joining
   or leaving.  When a new adjacency has been established, the switch
   sends an Adjacency Update message to every controller with an
   established adjacency to that partition.  The Adjacency Update
   message is also sent when adjacency is lost between the partition and
   a controller, provided that there are any remaining adjacencies with
   that partition.  The Code field is used to indicate the number of
   adjacencies known by the switch partition.  The Label field is not
   used and SHOULD be set to zero.  The Adjacency Update message is:

      Message Type = 85

10.  Service Model Definition

10.1  Overview

   In the GSMP Service Model a controller may request the switch to
   establish a connection with a given Service.  The requested Service
   is identified by including a Service ID in the Add Branch message or
   the Reservation Message.  The Service ID refers to a Service
   Definition provided in this chapter of the GSMP specification.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 96]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   A switch that implements one or more of the Services, as defined
   below, advertises the availability of these Services in the Service
   Configuration message response (see Section 8.4).  Details of the
   switch's implementation of a given Service that are important to the
   controller (e.g., the value of delay or loss bounds or the
   availability of traffic controls such as policers or shapers) are
   reported in the form of a Capability Set in the Service Configuration
   message response.

   Thus a switch's implementation of a Service is defined in two parts:
   the Service Definition, which is part of the GSMP specification, and
   the Capability Set, which describes attributes of the Service
   specific to the switch.  A switch may support more than one
   Capability Set for a given Service.  For example if a switch supports
   one Service with two different values of a delay bound it could do
   this by reporting two Capability Sets for that Service.

   The Service Definition is identified in GSMP messages by the Service
   ID, a sixteen-bit identifier.  Assigned numbers for the Service ID
   are given with the Service Definitions in Section 10.4.  The
   Capability Set is identified in GSMP messages by the Capability Set
   ID, a sixteen-bit identifier.  Numbers for the Capability Set ID are
   assigned by the switch and are advertised in the Service
   Configuration message response.

   The switch reports all its supported Services and Capability Sets in
   the Service Configuration message response.  The subset of Services
   and Capability Sets supported on an individual port is reported in
   the Port Configuration message response or in the All Ports
   Configuration message response.  In these messages the Services and
   Capability Sets supported on the specified port are indicated by a
   list of {Service ID, Capability Set ID} number pairs.

10.2  Service Model Definitions

   Terms and objects defined for the GSMP Service Model are given in
   this section.

10.2.1  Original Specifications

   Services in GSMP are defined largely with reference to Original
   Specifications, i.e., the standards or implementation agreements
   published by organisations such as ITU-T, IETF, and ATM Forum that
   originally defined the Service.  This version of GSMP refers to 4
   original specifications: [8], [9], [10] and [11].






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 97]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


10.2.2  Service Definitions

   Each Service Definition in GSMP includes definition of:

      Traffic Parameters
         Traffic Parameter definitions are associated with Services
         while Traffic Parameter values are associated with connections.

         Traffic Parameters quantitatively describe a connection's
         requirements on the Service.  For example, Peak Cell Rate is a
         Traffic Parameter of the Service defined by the ATM Forum
         Constant Bit Rate Service Category.

         Some Traffic Parameters are mandatory and some are optional,
         depending on the Service.

         Semantics of Traffic Parameters are defined by reference to
         Original Specifications.

      QoS Parameters
         QoS Parameters and their values are associated with Services.

         QoS Parameters express quantitative characteristics of a
         switch's support of a Service.  They include, for example,
         quantitative bounds on switch induced loss and delay.

         Some QoS Parameters will be mandatory and some will be
         optional.

         Semantics of QoS Parameters are defined by reference to
         Original Specifications.

      Traffic Controls
         The implementation of some Services may include the use of
         Traffic Controls.  Traffic Controls include, for example
         functions such as policing, input shaping, output shaping,
         tagging and marking, frame vs. cell merge, frame vs. cell
         discard.

         Switches are not required to support Traffic Controls.  Any
         function that is always required in the implementation of a
         Service is considered part of the Service and is not considered
         a Traffic Control.

         If a switch supports a Traffic Control then the control may be
         applied either to all connections that use a given Capability
         Set (see below) or to individual connections.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 98]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         The definition of a Traffic Control is associated with a
         Service.  Traffic Controls are defined, as far as possible, by
         reference to Original Specifications.

10.2.3  Capability Sets

   For each Service that a switch supports the switch MUST also support
   at least one Capability Set.  A Capability Set establishes
   characteristics of a switch's implementation of a Service.  It may be
   appropriate for a switch to support more than one Capability Set for
   a given Service.

   A Capability Set may contain, depending on the Service definition,
   QoS Parameter values and an indication of availability of Traffic
   Controls.

   If a switch reports QoS Parameter values in a Capability Set then
   these apply to all the connections that use that Capability Set.

   For each Traffic Control defined for a given Service the switch
   reports availability of that control as one of the following:

      Not available in the Capability Set,

      Applied to all connections that use the Capability Set, or

      Available for application to connections that use the Capability
      Set on a per connection basis.  In this case, a controller may
      request application of the Traffic Control in connection
      management messages.

10.3  Service Model Procedures

   A switch's Services and Capability Sets are reported to a controller
   in a Service Configuration message.  A Service Configuration message
   response includes the list of Services defined for GSMP that the
   switch supports and, for each Service, a specification of the
   Capability Sets supported for the Service.  Services are referred to
   by numbers standardised in the GSMP specification.  Capability Sets
   are referred to by a numbering system reported by the switch.  Each
   Capability Set within a given Service includes a unique identifying
   number together with the switch's specification of QoS Parameters and
   Traffic Controls.

   A switch need not support all the defined Services and Capability
   Sets on every port.  The supported Services and Capability Sets are
   reported to the controller on a per port basis in port configuration
   messages.  Port configuration response messages list the supported



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                    [Page 99]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Services using the standardised identifying numbers and the
   Capability Sets by using the identifying numbers established in the
   switch Service configuration messages.

   GSMP does not provide a negotiation mechanism by which a controller
   may establish or modify Capability Sets.

   When a controller establishes a connection, the connection management
   message includes indication of the Service and the Capability Set.
   Depending on these the connection management message may additionally
   include Traffic Parameter values and Traffic Control flags.

   A connection with a given Service can only be established if both the
   requested Service and the requested Capability Set are available on
   all of the connection's input and output ports.

   Refresh of an extant connection is permitted but the add branch
   message requesting the message MUST NOT include indication of
   Service, Capability Sets or Traffic Parameters.

   An extant connection's Traffic Parameters may be changed without
   first deleting the connection.  The Service and Capability Sets of an
   extant connection cannot be changed.

   Move branch messages may be refused on the grounds of resource
   depletion.

10.4  Service Definitions

   This section sets forth the definition of Services.  The following
   Service Identifiers are defined:

         ID          Service Type

         1           CBR= 1
         2           rt-VBR.1
         3           rt-VBR.2
         4           rt-VBR.3
         5           nrt-VBR.1
         6           nrt-VBR.2
         7           nrt-VBR.3
         8           UBR.1
         9           UBR.2
         10-11       Reserved
         12          GFR.1
         13          GFR.2
         14-19       Reserved
         20          Int-Serv Controlled Load



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 100]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         21-24       Reserved
         25          MPLS CR-LDP QoS
         26-29       Reserved
         30          Frame Relay Service
         31-49       Reserved
         50-69       Reserved GMPLS
         70-65535    Reserved

   Each Service will be defined in its own subsection.  Each Service
   definition includes the following definitions:

      Service Identifier
         The reference number used to identify the Service in GSMP
         messages.

      Service Characteristics
         A definition of the Service.

      Traffic Parameters
         A definition of the Traffic Parameters used in connection
         management messages.

      QoS Parameters
         A definition of the QoS Parameters that are included in the
         Capability Set for instances of the Service.

      Traffic Controls
         A definition of the Traffic Controls that may be supported by
         an instance of the Service.

   Descriptive text is avoided wherever possible in order to minimise
   any possibility of semantic conflict with the Original
   Specifications.

10.4.1  ATM Forum Service Categories

10.4.1.1  CBR

   Service Identifier:
      CBR.1 - Service ID = 1

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to ATM Forum CBR.1 Service, see [8].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Cell Rate
      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 101]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   QoS Parameters:
      -  Cell Loss Ratio
      -  Maximum Cell Transfer Delay
      -  Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation

   Traffic Controls:
      -  (U) Usage Parameter Control
      -  (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
      -  (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
             Variation Tolerance
      -  (D) Packet Discard

10.4.1.2  rt-VBR

   Service Identifier:
      rt-VBR.1 - Service ID = 2
      rt-VBR.2 - Service ID = 3
      rt-VBR.3 - Service ID = 4

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to ATM Forum rt-VBR Service, see [8].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Cell Rate
      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
      -  Sustainable Cell Rate
      -  Maximum Burst Size

   QoS Parameters:
      -  Cell Loss Ratio
      -  Maximum Cell Transfer Delay
      -  Peak-to-peak Cell Delay Variation

   Traffic Controls:
      -  (U) Usage Parameter Control
      -  (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
      -  (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
             Variation Tolerance
      -  (S) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Sustainable Cell Rate and
             Maximum Burst Size
      -  (P) Packet Discard
      -  (V) VC Merge









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 102]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


10.4.1.3  nrt-VBR

   Service Identifier:
      nrt-VBR.1 - Service ID = 5
      nrt-VBR.2 - Service ID = 6
      nrt-VBR.3 - Service ID = 7

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to ATM Forum nrt-VBR Service, see [8].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Cell Rate
      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
      -  Sustainable Cell Rate
      -  Maximum Burst Size

   QoS Parameter:
      -  Cell Loss Ratio

   Traffic Controls:
      -  (U) Usage Parameter Control
      -  (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
      -  (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
             Variation Tolerance
      -  (S) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Sustainable Cell Rate and
             Maximum Burst Size
      -  (P) Packet Discard
      -  (V) VC Merge

10.4.1.4  UBR

   Service Identifier:
      UBR.1 - Service ID = 8
      UBR.2 - Service ID = 9

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to ATM Forum UBR Service, see [8].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Cell Rate
      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance

   QoS Parameter:
      None

   Traffic Controls:
      -  (U) Usage Parameter Control
      -  (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 103]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      -  (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
             Variation Tolerance
      -  (P) Packet Discard
      -  (V) VC Merge

10.4.1.5  ABR

   ABR is not supported in this version of GSMP.

10.4.1.6  GFR

   Service Identifier:
      GFR.1 - Service ID = 12
      GFR.2 - Service ID = 13

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to ATM Forum GFR Service, see [8].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Cell Rate
      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
      -  Minimum Cell Rate
      -  Maximum Burst Size
      -  Maximum Frame Size

   QoS Parameter:
      -  Cell Loss Ratio

   Traffic Controls:
      -  (U) Usage Parameter Control
      -  (I) Ingress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate
      -  (E) Egress Traffic Shaping to the Peak Cell Rate and Cell Delay
             Variation Tolerance
      -  (V) VC Merge

10.4.2  Integrated Services

10.4.2.1  Controlled Load

   Service Identifier:
      Int-Serv Controlled Load - Service ID = 20

   Service Characteristics:
      See [9].







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 104]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Token bucket rate (r)
      -  Token bucket depth (b)
      -  Peak rate (p)
      -  Minimum policed unit (m)
      -  Maximum packet size (M)

   QoS Parameter:
      None.

   Traffic Controls:
      None.

10.4.3  MPLS CR-LDP

   Service Identifier:
      MPLS CR-LDP QoS - Service ID = 25

   Service Characteristics:
      See [10].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Peak Data Rate
      -  Peak Burst Size
      -  Committed Data Rate
      -  Committed Burst Size
      -  Excess Burst Size
      -  Weight

   QoS Parameter:
      -  Frequency

   Traffic Controls:
      None currently defined.

10.4.4  Frame Relay

   Service Identifier:
      Frame Relay Service - Service ID = 30

   Service Characteristics:
      Equivalent to Frame Relay Bearer Service, see [11].

   Traffic Parameters:
      -  Committed Information Rate
      -  Committed Burst Rate
      -  Excess Burst Rate




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 105]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   QoS Parameters:
      None.

   Traffic Controls:
      -  Usage Parameter Control
      -  Egress Traffic Shaping to the Committed Information Rate and
         Committed Burst Size

10.4.5  DiffServ

   DiffServ is not supported in this version of GSMP.

10.5  Format and encoding of the Traffic Parameters

   Connection management messages that use the GSMP Service Model (i.e.,
   those that have IQS or OQS set to 0b10) include the Traffic
   Parameters Block that specifies the Traffic Parameter values of a
   connection.  The required Traffic Parameters of a given Service are
   given in Section 10.4.  The format and encoding of these parameters
   are given below.

10.5.1  Traffic Parameters for ATM Forum Services

   The Traffic Parameters:

      -  Peak Cell Rate

      -  Cell Delay Variation Tolerance

      -  Sustainable Cell Rate

      -  Maximum Burst Size

      -  Minimum Cell Rate

      -  Maximum Frame Size

   are defined in [8].  These Parameters are encoded as 24-bit unsigned
   integers.  Peak Cell Rate, Sustainable Cell Rate, and Minimum Cell
   Rate are in units of cells per second.  Cell Delay Variation
   Tolerance is in units of microseconds.  Maximum Burst Size and
   Maximum Frame Size are in units of cells.  In GSMP messages, the
   individual Traffic Parameters are encoded as follows:








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 106]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x|           24 bit unsigned integer             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

   The format of the Traffic Parameters Block in connection management
   messages depends on the Service.  It is a sequence of the 32 bit
   words (as shown above) corresponding to the Traffic Parameters as
   specified in the Service Definitions given in Section 10.4.1 in the
   order given there.

10.5.2  Traffic Parameters for Int-Serv Controlled Load Service

   The Traffic Parameters:

      -  Token bucket rate (r)

      -  Token bucket size (b)

      -  Peak rate (p)

   are defined in [9].  They are encoded as 32-bit IEEE single-precision
   floating point numbers.  The Traffic Parameters Token bucket rate (r)
   and Peak rate (p) are in units of bytes per seconds.  The Traffic
   Parameter Token bucket size (b) is in units of bytes.

   The Traffic Parameters:

      -  Minimum policed unit (m)

      -  Maximum packet size (M)

   are defined in [9].  They are encoded as 32 integer in units of
   bytes.
















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 107]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Traffic Parameters Block for the Int-Serv Controlled Load Service
   is as follows:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Token bucket rate (r)                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Token bucket size (b)                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Peak rate (p)                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Minimum policed unit (m)                   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                    Maximum packet size (M)                    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

10.5.3  Traffic Parameters for CRLDP Service

   The Traffic Parameters:

      -  Peak Data Rate

      -  Peak Burst Size

      -  Committed Data Rate

      -  Committed Burst Size

      -  Excess Burst Size

   are defined in [10] to be encoded as a 32-bit IEEE single-precision
   floating point number.  A value of positive infinity is represented
   as an IEEE single-precision floating-point number with an exponent of
   all ones (255) and a sign and mantissa of all zeros.  The values Peak
   Data Rate and Committed Data Rate are in units of bytes per second.
   The values Peak Burst Size, Committed Burst Size and Excess Burst
   Size are in units of bytes.

   The Traffic Parameter

      -  Weight

   is defined in [10] to be an 8-bit unsigned integer indicating the
   weight of the CRLSP.  Valid weight values are from 1 to 255.  The
   value 0 means that weight is not applicable for the CRLSP.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 108]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   The Traffic Parameters Block for the CRLDP Service is as follows:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Peak Data Rate                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                        Peak Burst Size                        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Committed Data Rate                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                      Committed Burst Size                     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       Excess Burst Size                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x|    Weight     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

10.5.4  Traffic Parameters for Frame Relay Service

   The Traffic Parameters:

      -  Committed Information Rate

      -  Committed Burst Size

      -  Excess Burst Size

   are defined in [11].  Format and encoding of these parameters for
   frame relay signalling messages are defined in [12].  (Note than in
   [12] the Committed Information Rate is called "Throughput".)  GSMP
   uses the encoding defined in [12] but uses a different format.

   The format of the Traffic Parameters Block for Frame Relay Service is
   as follows:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x x x x|   CIR Multiplier    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x|     CBS Multiplier        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |x x x x x x x x x x x x x| Mag |x x|     EBS Multiplier        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 109]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Mag
         This field is an unsigned integer in the range from 0 to 6.
         The value 7 is not allowed.  Mag is the decimal exponent for
         the adjacent multiplier field (which itself functions as a
         mantissa).

      CIR Multiplier
         This field is an unsigned integer.  It functions as the
         mantissa of the Committed Information Rate Traffic Parameter.

      CBS Multiplier
      EBS Multiplier
         These fields are unsigned integers.  They function as the
         mantissas of the Committed Burst Size and Excess Burst Size
         Traffic Parameters respectively.

   The Traffic Parameter Values are related to their encoding in GSMP
   messages as follows:

      Committed Information Rate = 10^(Mag) * (CIR Multiplier)

      Committed Burst Size = 10^(Mag) * (CBS Multiplier)

      Excess Burst Size = 10^(Mag) * (EBS Multiplier)

10.6  Traffic Controls (TC) Flags

   The TC Flags field in Add Branch messages for connections using the
   Service Model are set by the controller to indicate that specific
   traffic controls are requested for the requested connection.  The TC
   Flags field is shown below:

             0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
            |U|D|I|E|S|V|P|x|
            +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      U: Usage Parameter Control
            When set, this flag indicates that Usage Parameter Control
            is requested.

      D: Packet Discard
            When set, this flag indicates that Packet Discard is
            requested.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 110]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      I: Ingress Shaping
            When set, this flag indicates the availability of Ingress
            Traffic Shaping to the Peak Rate and Delay Variation
            Tolerance is requested.

      E: Egress Shaping, Peak Rate
            When set, this flag indicates that Egress Shaping to the
            Peak Rate and Delay Variation Tolerance is requested.

      S: Egress Traffic Shaping, Sustainable Rate
            When set, this flag indicates that Egress Traffic Shaping to
            the Sustainable Rate and Maximum Burst Size is requested.

      V: VC Merge
            When set, this flag indicates that ATM Virtual Channel Merge
            (i.e., multipoint to point ATM switching with a traffic
            control to avoid AAL5 PDU interleaving) is requested.

      P: Port
            When set indicates that traffic block pertains to Ingress
            Port.

      x: Reserved

   The controller may set (to one) the flag corresponding to the
   requested Traffic Control if the corresponding Traffic Control has
   been indicated in the Service Configuration response message (Section
   8.4) as available for application to connections that use the
   requested Capability Set on a per connection basis.  (The requested
   Capability Set is indicated by the Capability Set ID the least
   significant byte of the Service Selector field of the Add Branch
   message.)  If the Traffic Control has been indicated in the Service
   Configuration response message as either not available in the
   Capability Set or applied to all connections that use the Capability
   Set then the controller sets the flag to zero and the switch ignores
   the flag.

11.  Adjacency Protocol

   The adjacency protocol is used to synchronise state across the link,
   to agree on which version of the protocol to use, to discover the
   identity of the entity at the other end of a link, and to detect when
   it changes.  GSMP is a hard state protocol.  It is therefore
   important to detect loss of contact between switch and controller,
   and to detect any change of identity of switch or controller.  No
   GSMP messages other than those of the adjacency protocol may be sent
   across the link until the adjacency protocol has achieved
   synchronisation.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 111]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


11.1  Packet Format

   All GSMP messages belonging to the adjacency protocol have the
   following structure:

    0                   1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |    Version    | Message Type  |     Timer     |M|     Code    |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Sender Name                          |
   +                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                               |                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               +
   |                         Receiver Name                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Sender Port                          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                         Receiver Port                         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | PType | PFlag |               Sender Instance                 |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Partition ID  |              Receiver Instance                |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      Version
         In the adjacency protocol the Version field is used for version
         negotiation.  The version negotiation is performed before
         synchronisation is achieved.  In a SYN message the Version
         field always contains the highest version understood by the
         sender.  A receiver receiving a SYN message with a version
         higher than understood will ignore that message.  A receiver
         receiving a SYN message with a version lower than its own
         highest version, but a version that it understands, will reply
         with a SYNACK with the version from the received SYN in its
         GSMP Version field.  This defines the version of the GSMP
         protocol to be used while the adjacency protocol remains
         synchronised.  All other messages will use the agreed version
         in the Version field.

         The version number for the version of the GSMP protocol defined
         by this specification is Version = 3.

      Message Type
         The adjacency protocol is:

            Message Type = 10




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 112]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Timer
         The Timer field is used to inform the receiver of the timer
         value used in the adjacency protocol of the sender.  The timer
         specifies the nominal time between periodic adjacency protocol
         messages.  It is a constant for the duration of a GSMP session.
         The timer field is specified in units of 100ms.

      M-Flag
         The M-Flag is used in the SYN message to indicate whether the
         sender is a master or a slave.  If the M-Flag is set in the SYN
         message, the sender is a master.  If zero, the sender is a
         slave.  The GSMP protocol is asymmetric, the controller being
         the master and the switch being the slave.  The M-Flag prevents
         a master from synchronising with another master, or a slave
         with another slave.  If a slave receives a SYN message with a
         zero M-Flag, it MUST ignore that SYN message.  If a master
         receives a SYN message with the M-Flag set, it MUST ignore that
         SYN message.  In all other messages the M-Flag is not used.

      Code
         Field specifies the function of the message.  Four Codes are
         defined for the adjacency protocol:

                  SYN:     Code = 1
                  SYNACK:  Code = 2
                  ACK:     Code = 3
                  RSTACK:  Code = 4.

      Sender Name
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the name of the
         entity sending the message.  The Sender Name is a 48-bit
         quantity that is unique within the operational context of the
         device.  A 48-bit IEEE 802 MAC address, if available, may be
         used for the Sender Name.  If the Ethernet encapsulation is
         used the Sender Name MUST be the Source Address from the MAC
         header.  For the RSTACK message, the Sender Name field is set
         to the value of the Receiver Name field from the incoming
         message that caused the RSTACK message to be generated.

      Receiver Name
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the name of the
         entity that the sender of the message believes is at the far
         end of the link.  If the sender of the message does not know
         the name of the entity at the far end of the link, this field
         SHOULD be set to zero.  For the RSTACK message, the Receiver
         Name field is set to the value of the Sender Name field from
         the incoming message that caused the RSTACK message to be
         generated.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 113]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      Sender Port
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the local port number
         of the link across which the message is being sent.  For the
         RSTACK message, the Sender Port field is set to the value of
         the Receiver Port field from the incoming message that caused
         the RSTACK message to be generated.

      Receiver Port
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is what the sender
         believes is the local port number for the link, allocated by
         the entity at the far end of the link.  If the sender of the
         message does not know the port number at the far end of the
         link, this field SHOULD be set to zero.  For the RSTACK
         message, the Receiver Port field is set to the value of the
         Sender Port field from the incoming message that caused the
         RSTACK message to be generated.

      PType
         PType is used to specify if partitions are used and how the
         Partition ID is negotiated.

               Type of partition being requested.
               0 No Partition
               1 Fixed Partition Request
               2 Fixed Partition Assigned

      PFlag
         Used to indicate the type of partition request.

               1 - New Adjacency.
                     In the case of a new adjacency, the state of the
                     switch will be reset.

               2 - Recovered Adjacency.
                     In the case of a recovered adjacency, the state of
                     the switch will remain, and the Switch Controller
                     will be responsible for confirming that the state
                     of the switch matches the desired state.

      Sender Instance
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is the sender's instance
         number for the link.  It is used to detect when the link comes
         back up after going down or when the identity of the entity at
         the other end of the link changes.  The instance number is a
         24-bit number that is guaranteed to be unique within the recent
         past and to change when the link or node comes back up after
         going down.  Zero is not a valid instance number.  For the
         RSTACK message, the Sender Instance field is set to the value



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 114]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         of the Receiver Instance field from the incoming message that
         caused the RSTACK message to be generated.

      Partition ID
         Field used to associate the message with a specific switch
         partition.

      Receiver Instance
         For the SYN, SYNACK, and ACK messages, is what the sender
         believes is the current instance number for the link, allocated
         by the entity at the far end of the link.  If the sender of the
         message does not know the current instance number at the far
         end of the link, this field SHOULD be set to zero.  For the
         RSTACK message, the Receiver Instance field is set to the value
         of the Sender Instance field from the incoming message that
         caused the RSTACK message to be generated.

11.2  Procedure

   The adjacency protocol is described by the following rules and state
   tables.

   The rules and state tables use the following operations:

   o  The "Update Peer Verifier" operation is defined as storing the
      values of the Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and
      Partition ID fields from a SYN or SYNACK message received from the
      entity at the far end of the link.

   o  The procedure "Reset the link" is defined as:

      1. Generate a new instance number for the link
      2. Delete the peer verifier (set to zero the values of Sender
         Instance, Sender Port, and Sender Name previously stored by the
         Update Peer Verifier operation)
      3. Send a SYN message
      4. Enter the SYNSENT state.

   o  The state tables use the following Boolean terms and operators:

      A    The Sender Instance in the incoming message matches the value
           stored from a previous message by the "Update Peer Verifier"
           operation.

      B    The Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and Partition
           ID fields in the incoming message match the values stored
           from a previous message by the "Update Peer Verifier"
           operation.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 115]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      C    The Receiver Instance, Receiver Port, Receiver Name and
           Partition ID fields in the incoming message match the values
           of the Sender Instance, Sender Port, Sender Name and
           Partition ID currently sent in outgoing SYN, SYNACK, and ACK
           messages.

      "&&" Represents the logical AND operation

      "||" Represents the logical OR operation

      "!" Represents the logical negation (NOT) operation.

   o  A timer is required for the periodic generation of SYN, SYNACK,
      and ACK messages.  The value of the timer is announced in the
      Timer field.  The period of the timer is unspecified but a value
      of one second is suggested.

      There are two independent events: the timer expires, and a packet
      arrives.  The processing rules for these events are:

         Timer Expires:   Reset Timer
                          If state = SYNSENT Send SYN
                          If state = SYNRCVD Send SYNACK
                          If state = ESTAB   Send ACK

          Packet Arrives:
              If incoming message is an RSTACK:
                  If (A && C && !SYNSENT) Reset the link
                  Else discard the message.
              If incoming message is a SYN, SYNACK, or ACK:
                  Response defined by the following State Tables.
              If incoming message is any other GSMP message and
                  state != ESTAB:
                  Discard incoming message.
                  If state = SYNSENT Send SYN (Note 1)
                  If state = SYNRCVD Send SYNACK (Note 1)

         Note 1: No more than two SYN or SYNACK messages should be sent
         within any time period of length defined by the timer.

   o  State synchronisation across a link is considered to be achieved
      when the protocol reaches the ESTAB state.  All GSMP messages,
      other than adjacency protocol messages, that are received before
      synchronisation is achieved, will be discarded.







Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 116]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


11.2.1  State Tables

  State: SYNSENT

  +====================================================================+
  |    Condition     |                Action               | New State |
  +==================+=====================================+===========+
  |   SYNACK && C    |  Update Peer Verifier; Send ACK     |   ESTAB   |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |   SYNACK && !C   |            Send RSTACK              |  SYNSENT  |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |       SYN        |  Update Peer Verifier; Send SYNACK  |  SYNRCVD  |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |       ACK        |            Send RSTACK              |  SYNSENT  |
  +====================================================================+

  State: SYNRCVD

  +====================================================================+
  |    Condition     |                Action               | New State |
  +==================+=====================================+===========+
  |   SYNACK && C    |  Update Peer Verifier; Send ACK     |   ESTAB   |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |   SYNACK && !C   |            Send RSTACK              |  SYNRCVD  |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |       SYN        |  Update Peer Verifier; Send SYNACK  |  SYNRCVD  |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |  ACK && B && C   |              Send ACK               |   ESTAB   |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  | ACK && !(B && C) |            Send RSTACK              |  SYNRCVD  |
  +====================================================================+

  State: ESTAB

  +====================================================================+
  |    Condition     |                Action               | New State |
  +==================+=====================================+===========+
  |  SYN || SYNACK   |           Send ACK (note 2)         |   ESTAB   |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  |  ACK && B && C   |           Send ACK (note 3)         |   ESTAB   |
  +------------------+-------------------------------------+-----------+
  | ACK && !(B && C) |              Send RSTACK            |   ESTAB   |
  +====================================================================+








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 117]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


         Note 2: No more than two ACKs should be sent within any time
         period of length defined by the timer.  Thus, one ACK MUST be
         sent every time the timer expires.  In addition, one further
         ACK may be sent between timer expirations if the incoming
         message is a SYN or SYNACK.  This additional ACK allows the
         adjacency protocol to reach synchronisation more quickly.

         Note 3: No more than one ACK should be sent within any time
         period of length defined by the timer.

11.3  Partition Information State

   Each instance of a [switch controller-switch partition] pair will
   need to establish adjacency synchronisation independently.

   Part of the process of establishing synchronisation when using
   partition will be to establish the assignment of partition
   identifiers.  The following scenarios are provided for:

      -  A controller can request a specific partition ID by setting the
         PType to Fixed Partition Request.

      -  A controller can let the switch decide whether it wants to
         assign a fixed partition ID or not, by setting the PType to No
         Partition.

      -  A switch can assign the specific Partition ID to the session by
         setting the PType to Fixed Partition Assigned.  A switch can
         specify that no partitions are handled in the session by
         setting the PType to No Partition.

   The assignment is determined by the following behaviour:

      -  An adjacency message from a controller with PType = 1 and
         Code = SYN SHOULD be treated as a partition request.

      -  An adjacency message from a switch with PType = 2 and
         Code = SYN SHOULD be treated as a partition assignment.

      -  An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
         PType = 2 and Code = (SYNACK || ACK) SHOULD be treated as a
         success response, the partition is assigned.

      -  An adjacency message from a controller with PType = 0 and
         Code = SYN indicates that the controller has not specified if
         it requests partitions or not.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 118]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      -  An adjacency message from a switch with PType = 0 and
         Code = SYN indicates that the switch does not support
         partitions.

      -  An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
         PType = 0 and Code = (SYNACK || ACK) indicates that the session
         does not support partitions.

      -  An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
         PType = (1 || 2) and Code = RSTACK indicates that requested
         Partition ID is unavailable.

      -  An adjacency message from a controller or a switch with
         PType = 0 and Code = RSTACK indicates that an unidentified
         error has occurred.  The session SHOULD be reset.

      All other combinations of PType and Code are undefined in this
      version of GSMP.

11.4  Loss of Synchronisation

   If after synchronisation is achieved, no valid GSMP messages are
   received in any period of time in excess of three times the value of
   the Timer field announced in the incoming adjacency protocol
   messages, loss of synchronisation may be declared.

   While re-establishing synchronisation with a controller, a switch
   SHOULD maintain its connection state, deferring the decision about
   resetting the state until after synchronisation is re-established.

   Once synchronisation is re-established the decision about resetting
   the connection state SHOULD be made on the following basis:

      -  If PFLAG = 1, then a new adjacency has been established and the
         state SHOULD be reset

      -  If PFLAG = 2, then adjacency has been re-established and the
         connection state SHOULD be retained.  Verification that
         controller and connection state are the same is the
         responsibility of the controller.

11.5  Multiple Controllers per switch partition

   Multiple switch controllers may jointly control a single switch
   partition.  The controllers may control a switch partition either in
   a primary/standby fashion or as part of multiple controllers
   providing load-sharing for the same partition.  It is the
   responsibility of the controllers to co-ordinate their interactions



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 119]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   with the switch partition.  In order to assist the controllers in
   tracking multiple controller adjacencies to a single switch
   partition, the Adjacency Update message is used to inform a
   controller that there are other controllers interacting with the same
   partition.  It should be noted that the GSMP does not include
   features that allow the switch to co-ordinate cache synchronization
   information among controllers.  The switch partition will service
   each command it receives in turn as if it were interacting with a
   single controller.  Controller implementations without controller
   entity synchronisation SHOULD NOT use multiple controllers with a
   single switch partition.

11.5.1  Multiple Controller Adjacency Process

   The first adjacency for a specific partition is determined by the
   procedures described in section 11.2 and an Adjacency Update message
   will be sent.  The next adjacencies to the partition are identified
   by a new partition request with the same Partition ID as the first
   one but with the different Sender Name.  Upon establishing adjacency
   the Adjacency count will be increased and an Adjacency Update message
   will be sent.

   When adjacency between one partition and a controller is lost, the
   adjacency count will be decremented and an Adjacency Update message
   will be sent.

   Example:

   A switch partition has never been used.  When the first controller
   (A) achieves adjacency, an adjacency count will be initiated and (A)
   will get an Adjacency Update message about itself with Code field =
   1.  Since (A) receives an adjacency count of 1 this indicates that it
   is the only controller for that partition.

   When a second adjacency (B), using the same Partition ID, achieves
   adjacency, the adjacency counter will be increased by 1.  Both (A)
   and (B) will receive an Adjacency Update message indicating an
   adjacency count of 2 in the Code field.  Since the count is greater
   than 1, this will indicate to both (A) and (B) that there is another
   controller interacting with the switch; identification of the other
   controller will not be provided by GSMP, but will be the
   responsibility of the controllers.

   If (A) looses adjacency, the adjacency count will be decreased and an
   Adjacency Update message will be sent to (B) indicating an adjacency
   count of 1 in the Code field.  If (B) leaves as well, the partition
   is regarded as idle and the adjacency count may be reset.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 120]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


12.  Failure Response Codes

12.1  Description of Failure and Warning Response Messages

   A failure response message is formed by returning the request message
   that caused the failure with the Result field in the header
   indicating failure (Result = 4) and the Code field giving the failure
   code.  The failure code specifies the reason for the switch being
   unable to satisfy the request message.

   A warning response message is a success response (Result = 3) with
   the Code field specifying the warning code.  The warning code
   specifies a warning that was generated during the successful
   operation.

   If the switch issues a failure response in reply to a request
   message, no change should be made to the state of the switch as a
   result of the message causing the failure.  (For request messages
   that contain multiple requests, such as the Delete Branches message,
   the failure response message will specify which requests were
   successful and which failed.  The successful requests may result in a
   changed state.)

   If the switch issues a failure response it MUST choose the most
   specific failure code according to the following precedence:

      -  Invalid Message

      -  General Message Failure

      -  Specific Message Failure A failure response specified in the
         text defining the message type.

      -  Connection Failures

      -  Virtual Path Connection Failures

      -  Multicast Failures

      -  QoS Failures

      -  General Failures

      -  Warnings

   If multiple failures match in any of the following categories, the
   one that is listed first should be returned.  The following failure
   response messages and failure and warning codes are defined:



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 121]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Invalid Message

      3:  The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
              The Message Type field specifies a message that is not
              implemented on the switch or contains a value that is not
              defined in the version of the protocol running in this
              session of GSMP.

      4:  One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
              At least one of the ports specified in the message is
              invalid.  A port is invalid if it does not exist or if it
              has been removed from the switch.

      5:  Invalid Port Session Number.
              The value given in the Port Session Number field does not
              match the current Port Session Number for the specified
              port.

      7: Invalid Partition ID
              The value given in the Partition ID field is not legal for
              this partition.

   General Message Failure

      10: The meaning of this failure is dependent upon the
              particular message type and is specified in the text
              defining the message.

   Specific Message Failure - A failure response that is only used by a
              specific message type

   -  Failure response messages used by the Label Range message

      40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges.

      41: Cannot support disjoint label ranges.

      42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported.

   -  Failure response messages used by the Set Transmit Data Rate
              function of the Port Management message

      43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be changed.








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 122]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this output
              port.
              The transmit data rate of the requested output port can be
              changed, but the value of the Transmit Data Rate field is
              beyond the range of acceptable values.

   -  Failure response message of the Port Management message

      45: Connection Replace mechanism not supported on switch.
              The R-flag SHOULD be reset in the Response Port Management
              message.

   -  Failure response message range reserved for the ARM extension

      128-159: These failure response codes will be interpreted
              according to definitions provided by the model
              description.

   Connection Failures

      11:  The specified connection does not exist.
              An operation that expects a connection to be specified
              cannot locate the specified connection.  A connection is
              specified by the input port and input label on which it
              originates.  An ATM virtual path connection is specified
              by the input port and input VPI on which it originates.

      12:  The specified branch does not exist.
              An operation that expects a branch of an existing
              connection to be specified cannot locate the specified
              branch.  A branch of a connection is specified by the
              connection it belongs to and the output port and output
              label on which it departs.  A branch of an ATM virtual
              path connection is specified by the virtual path
              connection it belongs to and the output port and output
              VPI on which it departs.

      13: One or more of the specified Input Labels is invalid.

      14: One or more of the specified Output Labels is invalid.

      15: Point-to-point bi-directional connection already exists.
              The connection specified by the Input Port and Input Label
              fields already exists, and the bi-directional Flag in the
              Flags field is set.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 123]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      16: Invalid Service Selector field in a Connection Management
              message.  The value of the Service Selector field is
              invalid.

      17: Insufficient resources for QoS Profile.
              The resources requested by the QoS Profile in the Service
              Selector field are not available.

      18: Insufficient Resources.
              Switch resources needed to establish a branch are not
              available.

      20: Reservation ID out of Range
              The numerical value of Reservation ID is greater than the
              value of Max Reservations (from the Switch Configuration
              message).

      21: Mismatched reservation ports
              The value of Input Port differs from the input port
              specified in the reservation or the value of Output Port
              differs from the output port specified in the reservation.

      22: Reservation ID in use
              The value of Reservation ID matches that of an extant
              Reservation.

      23: Non-existent reservation ID
              No reservation corresponding to Reservation ID exists.

      36: Replace of connection is not activated on switch.
              Only applicable for Add Branch messages.  The Replace
              Connection mechanism has not been activated on port by the
              Port Management message.

      37: Connection replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-
              directional or Multicast mode.  The R flag MUST NOT be
              used in conjunction with either the M flag or the B flag.

   ATM Virtual Path Connections

      24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input
              port.









Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 124]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      25: Point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path connections are not
              supported on either the requested input port or the
              requested output port.
              One or both of the requested input and output ports is
              unable to support point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path
              connections.

      26: Attempt to add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an
              existing virtual channel connection.
              It is invalid to mix branches switched as virtual channel
              connections with branches switched as ATM virtual path
              connections on the same point-to-multipoint connection.

      27: Attempt to add an ATM virtual channel connection branch to an
              existing ATM virtual path connection.
              It is invalid to mix branches switched as virtual channel
              connections with branches switched as ATM virtual path
              connections on the same point-to-multipoint connection.

      28: ATM Virtual path switching is not supported on non-ATM ports.
              One or both of the requested input and output ports is not
              an ATM port.  ATM virtual path switching is only supported
              on ATM ports.

   Multicast Failures

      29: A branch belonging to the specified point-to-multipoint
              connection is already established on the specified output
              port and the switch cannot support more than a single
              branch of any point-to-multipoint connection on the same
              output port.

      30: The limit on the maximum number of multicast connections that
              the switch can support has been reached.

      31: The limit on the maximum number of branches that the specified
              multicast connection can support has been reached.

      32: Cannot label each output branch of a point-to-multipoint tree
              with a different label.
              Some switch designs, require all output branches of a
              point-to-multipoint connection to use the same value of
              Label.

      33: Cannot add multi-point branch to bi-directional connection.
              It is an error to attempt to add an additional branch to
              an existing connection with the bi-directional flag set.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 125]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      34: Unable to assign the requested Label value to the requested
              branch on the specified multicast connection.
              Although the requested Labels are valid, the switch is
              unable to support the request using the specified Label
              values for some reason not covered by the above failure
              responses.  This message implies that a valid value of
              Labels exists that the switch could support.  For example,
              some switch designs restrict the number of distinct Label
              values available to a multicast connection.  (Most switch
              designs will not require this message.)

      35: General problem related to the manner in which multicast is
              supported by the switch.
              Use this message if none of the more specific multicast
              failure messages apply.  (Most switch designs will not
              require this message.)

   QoS Failures

      60-79: These failure response codes will be interpreted according
              to definitions provided by the model description.

      80: Switch does not support different QoS parameters for different
              branches within a multipoint connection.

   General Failures

      2:  Invalid request message.
              There is an error in one of the fields of the message not
              covered by a more specific failure message.

      6:  One or more of the specified ports is down.
              A port is down if its Port Status is Unavailable.
              Connection Management, Connection State, Port Management,
              and Configuration operations are permitted on a port that
              is Unavailable.  Connection Activity and Statistics
              operations are not permitted on a port that is Unavailable
              and will generate this failure response.  A Port
              Management message specifying a Take Down function on a
              port already in the Unavailable state will also generate
              this failure response.

      19: Out of resources.
              The switch has exhausted a resource not covered by a more
              specific failure message, for example, running out of
              memory.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 126]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      1:  Unspecified reason not covered by other failure codes.
              The failure message of last resort.

   Warnings

      46: One or more labels are still used in the previous Label Range.

12.2  Summary of Failure Response Codes and Warnings

   The following list gives a summary of the failure codes defined for
   failure response messages:

       1: Unspecified reason not covered by other failure codes.
       2: Invalid request message.
       3: The specified request is not implemented on this switch.
       4: One or more of the specified ports does not exist.
       5: Invalid Port Session Number.
       6: One or more of the specified ports is down.
       7: Invalid Partition ID.
      10: General message failure.  (The meaning of this failure code
            depends upon the Message Type.  It is defined within the
            description of any message that uses it.)
      11: The specified connection does not exist.
      12: The specified branch does not exist.
      13: One or more of the specified Input Labels is invalid.
      14: One or more of the specified Output Labels is invalid.
      15: Point-to-point bi-directional connection already exists.
      16: Invalid service selector field in a connection management
            message.
      17: Insufficient resources for QoS profile.
      18: Insufficient resources.
      19: Out of resources (e.g., memory exhausted, etc.).
      20: Reservation ID out of Range
      21: Mismatched reservation ports
      22: Reservation ID in use
      23: Non-existent reservation ID
      24: ATM virtual path switching is not supported on this input
            port.
      25: Point-to-multipoint ATM virtual path connections are not
            supported on either the requested input port or the
            requested output port.
      26: Attempt to add an ATM virtual path connection branch to an
            existing virtual channel connection.
      27: Attempt to add an ATM virtual channel connection branch to
            an existing virtual path connection.
      28: ATM Virtual Path switching is not supported on non-ATM
            ports.




Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 127]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      29: A branch belonging to the specified point-to-multipoint
            connection is already established on the specified
            output port and the switch cannot support more than a
            single branch of any point-to-multipoint connection on
            the same output port.
      30: The limit on the maximum number of point-to-multipoint
            connections that the switch can support has been
            reached.
      31: The limit on the maximum number of branches that the
            specified point-to-multipoint connection can support has
            been reached.
      32: Cannot label each output branch of a point-to-multipoint
            tree with a different label.
      33: Cannot add multi-point branch to bi-directional
            connection.
      34: Unable to assign the requested Label value to the
            requested branch on the specified point-to-multipoint
            connection.
      35: General problem related to the manner in which point-to-
            multipoint is supported by the switch.
      36: Replace of connection is not activated on switch.
      37: Connection replacement mode cannot be combined with Bi-
            directional or Multicast mode.
      40: Cannot support one or more requested label ranges.
      41: Cannot support disjoint label ranges.
      42: Specialised multipoint labels not supported.
      43: The transmit data rate of this output port cannot be
            changed.
      44: Requested transmit data rate out of range for this output
            port.
      45: Connection Replace mechanism not supported on switch.
      46: Labels are still used in the existing Label Range.
      60-79: Reserved for QoS failures.
      80: Switch does not support different QoS parameters for
            different branches within a multipoint connection.
      128-159: Reserved for the ARM extensions.

13.  Security Considerations

   The security of GSMP's TCP/IP control channel has been addressed in
   [15].  For all uses of GSMP over an IP network it is REQUIRED that
   GSMP be run over TCP/IP using the security considerations discussed
   in [15].








Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 128]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


Appendix A  Summary of Messages

   Message Name                      Message Number  Status

   Connection Management Messages
       Add Branch .......................16
          ATM Specific - VPC.............26
       Delete Tree.......................18
       Verify Tree.......................19          Obsoleted
       Delete All Input..................20
       Delete All Output.................21
       Delete Branches...................17
       Move Output Branch................22
           ATM Specific - VPC............27
       Move Input Branch.................23
           ATM Specifc  - VPC............28

   Port Management Messages
       Port Management...................32
       Label Range.......................33

   State and Statistics Messages
       Connection Activity...............48
       Port Statistics...................49
       Connection Statistics.............50
       QoS Class Statistics..............51          Reserved
       Report Connection State...........52

   Configuration Messages
       Switch Configuration..............64
       Port Configuration................65
       All Ports Configuration...........66
       Service Configuration.............67

   Reservation Messages
       Reservation Request...............70
       Delete Reservation................71
       Delete All Reservations...........72

   Event Messages
       Port Up...........................80
       Port Down.........................81
       Invalid Label.....................82
       New Port..........................83
       Dead Port.........................84






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 129]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   Abstract and Resource Model Extension Messages
       Reserved..........................200-249

   Adjacency Protocol....................10          Required

Appendix B  IANA Considerations

   Following the policies outlined in "Guidelines for Writing an IANA
   Considerations Section in RFCs" (RFC 2434 [19]), the following name
   spaces are defined in GSMPv3.

      -  Message Type Name Space [Appendix A]

      -  Label Type Name Space [3.1.3]

      -  Result Name Space [3.1.1]

      -  Failure Response Message Name Space [3.1.4],[11]

      -  Adaptation Type Name Space [4.1]

      -  Model Type Name Space [8.1]

      -  Port Type Name Space [8.2]

      -  Service ID Name Space [10.4]

      -  Traffic Control Name Space [8.4]

      -  Event Flag Name Space [6.1]

B.1. Message Type Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Message Types into four ranges.
   The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges.

      -  Message Types 0-99.
              Message Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Message types in this range are allocated
              through an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Message Types 100-199.
              Message Types in this range are Specification Required
              [19].  Message Types using this range must be documented
              in an RFC or other permanent and readily available
              references.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 130]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      -  Message Types 200-249.
              Message Types in this range are Specification Required
              [19] and are intended for Abstract and Resource Model
              Extension Messages.  Message Types using this range must
              be documented in an RFC or other permanent and readily
              available references.

      -  Message Types 250-255.
              Message Types in this range are reserved for vendor
              private extensions and are the responsibility of
              individual vendors.  IANA management of this range of the
              Message Type Name Space is unnecessary.

B.2. Label Type Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Label Types into three ranges.  The
   following are the guidelines for managing these ranges.

      -  Label Types 0x000-0xAFF.
              Label Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Label Types in this range are allocated through
              an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Label Types 0xB00-0xEFF.
              Label Types in this range are Specification Required [19].
              Label Types using this range must be documented in an RFC
              or other permanent and readily available reference.

      -  Label Types 0xF00-0xFFF.
              Label Types in this range are reserved for vendor private
              extensions and are the responsibility of individual
              vendors.  IANA management of this range of the Label Type
              Name Space is unnecessary.

B.3. Result Name Space

   The following is the guideline for managing the Result Name Space:

      -  Result values 0-255.
              Result values in this range need an expert review, i.e.,
              approval by a Designated Expert is required [19].

B.4. Failure Response Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Failure Responses into three
   ranges.  The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 131]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


      -  Failure Responses 0-59, 80-127, 160-255.
              Failure responses in these ranges are part of the GSMPv3
              base protocol.  Failure Responses in these ranges are
              allocated through an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Failure Responses 60-79, 128-159.
              Failure responses in these ranges are reserved for vendor
              private extensions and are the responsibility of
              individual vendors.  IANA management of these ranges of
              the Failure Response Name Space are unnecessary.

B.5. Adaptation Type Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Adaptation Types into two ranges.
   The following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:

      -  Adaptation Type 0x000-0x2FF.
              Adaptation Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Adaptation Types in this range are allocated
              through an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Adaptation Type 0x300-0xFFF.
              Adaptation Types in this range are allocated by the first
              come first served principle [19].

B.6. Model Type Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Model Types into three ranges.  The
   following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:

      -  Model Type 0.
              Model Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Model Types in this range are allocated through
              an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Model Type 1-200.
              Model Types in this range are Specification Required [19].
              Message Types using this range must be documented in an
              RFC or other permanent and readily available references.

      -  Model Type 201-255.
              Model Types in this range are reserved for vendor private
              extensions and are the responsibility of individual
              vendors.  IANA management of these ranges of the Model
              Type Name Space are unnecessary.






Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 132]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


B.7. Port Type Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Port Types into two ranges.  The
   following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:

      -  Port Type 0-127.
              Port Types in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Port Types in this range are allocated through
              an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Port Type 128-255.
              Port Types in this range are Specification Required [19].
              Port Types using this range must be documented in an RFC
              or other permanent and readily available references.

B.8. Service ID Name Space

   GSMPv3 divides the name space for Service IDs into two ranges.  The
   following are the guidelines for managing these ranges:

      -  Service ID 0-1023.
              Service ID's in this range are part of the GSMPv3 base
              protocol.  Service ID's in this range are allocated
              through an IETF consensus action [19].

      -  Service ID 1024-65535.
              Service ID's in this range are Specification Required
              [19].  Service ID's using this range must be documented in
              an RFC or other permanent and readily available
              references.

B.9. Traffic Control Name Space

   The following are the guidelines for managing Traffic Control Flags
   in GSMPv3:

      -  All Traffic Control Flags are allocated through an expert
         review, i.e., approval by a Designated Expert [19].

B.10. Event Flag Name Space

   The following are the guidelines for managing Event Flags in GSMPv3:

      -  All Event Flags are allocated through an expert review, i.e.,
         approval by a Designated Expert [19].

   The TCP port for establishing GSMP connections has been defined as
   6068.



Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 133]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


References

   [1]  "B-ISDN ATM Layer Specification", International
        Telecommunication Union, ITU-T Recommendation I.361, Feb.  1999.

   [2]  "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Specification", International
        Telecommunication Union, ITU-T Recommendation I.363, Mar. 1993.

   [3]  "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer specification: Type 5 AAL",
        International Telecommunication Union, ITU-T, Recommendation
        I.363.5, Aug. 1996.

   [4]  Sjostrand, H., Buerkle, J. and B. Srinivasan, "Definitions of
        Managed Objects for the General Switch Management Protocol
        (GSMP)", RFC 3295, June 2002.

   [5]  IANA Assigned Port Numbers, http://www.iana.org

   [6]  Newman, P, Edwards, W., Hinden, R., Hoffman, E. Ching Liaw, F.,
        Lyon, T. and G. Minshall, "Ipsilon's General Switch Management
        Protocol Specification Version 1.1", RFC 1987, August 1996.

   [7]  Newman, P., Edwards, W., Hinden, R., Hoffman, E., Ching Liaw,
        F., Lyon, T. and G. Minshall, "Ipsilon's General Switch
        Management Protocol Specification Version 2.0", RFC 2297, March
        1998.

   [8]  ATM Forum Technical Committee, "Traffic Management Specification
        Version 4.1", af-tm-0121.000, 1999.

   [9] Wroclawski, J., "Specification of the Controlled-Load Network
        Element Service", RFC 2211, September 1997.

   [10] Jamoussi, B., Andersson, L., Callon, R., Dantu, R., Wu, L.,
        Doolan, P., Worster, T., Feldman, N., Fredette, A., Girish, M.,
        Gray, E., Heinanen, J., Kilty, T. and A. Malis, "Constraint-
        Based LSP Setup using LDP", RFC 3212, January 2002.

   [11] ITU-T Recommendation I.233 Frame Mode Bearer Services, ISDN
        frame relaying bearer services and ISDN switching bearer
        service, Nov. 1991.

   [12] ITU-T Recommendation Q.933, Integrated Services Digital Network
        (ISDN) Digital Subscriber Signaling System No. 1 (DSS 1)
        Signaling Specifications For Frame Mode Switched And Permanent
        Virtual Connection Control And Status Monitoring, 1995.





Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 134]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


   [13] ITU-T Recommendation Q.922, Integrated Services Digital Network
        (ISDN) Data Link Layer Specification For Frame Mode Bearer
        Services, 1992

   [14] Rosen, E., Tappan, D., Fedorkow, G., Rekhter, Y., Farinacci, D.,
        Li, T. and A. Conta, "MPLS Label Stack Encoding", RFC 3032,
        January 2001.

   [15] Worster, T., Doria, A. and J. Buerkle, "General Switch
        Management Protocol (GSMP) Packet Encapsulations for
        Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet and Transmission
        Control Protocol (TCP)", RFC 3293, June 2002.

   [16] Doria, A. and K. Sundell, "General Switch Management Protocol
        Applicability", RFC 3294, June 2002.

   [17] IANAifType - MIB DEFINITIONS, http://www.iana.org, January 2001.

   [18] Anderson, L., Doolan, P., Feldman, N., Fredette, A. and B.
        Thomas, "LDP Specification", RFC 3036, January 2001.

   [19] Narten, T. and H. Alvestrand, "Guidelines for Writing an IANA
        Considerations Section in RFCs", BCP 26, RFC 2434, October 1998.

   [20] Bradner, S., "Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
        Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.

   [21] Conta, A., Doolan, P. and A. Malis, "Use of Label Switching on
        Frame Relay Networks Specification", RFC 3034, January 2001.






















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 135]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


Authors' Addresses

   Avri Doria
   Div. of Computer Communications
   Lulea University of Technology
   S-971 87 Lulea
   Sweden

   Phone: +1 401 663 5024
   EMail: avri@acm.org


   Fiffi Hellstrand
   Nortel Networks AB
   S:t Eriksgatan 115 A
   SE-113 85 Stockholm Sweden

   EMail: fiffi@nortelnetworks.com


   Kenneth Sundell
   Nortel Networks AB
   S:t Eriksgatan 115 A
   SE-113 85 Stockholm Sweden

   EMail: ksundell@nortelnetworks.com


   Tom Worster

   Phone: +1 617 247 2624
   EMail: fsb@thefsb.org



















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 136]

RFC 3292         General Switch Management Protocol V3         June 2002


Full Copyright Statement

   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2002).  All Rights Reserved.

   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
   English.

   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.

   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Acknowledgement

   Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
   Internet Society.



















Doria, et. al.              Standards Track                   [Page 137]